CA2149765C - Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids - Google Patents

Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids

Info

Publication number
CA2149765C
CA2149765C CA002149765A CA2149765A CA2149765C CA 2149765 C CA2149765 C CA 2149765C CA 002149765 A CA002149765 A CA 002149765A CA 2149765 A CA2149765 A CA 2149765A CA 2149765 C CA2149765 C CA 2149765C
Authority
CA
Canada
Prior art keywords
base
polymer
subunit
pair
group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
CA002149765A
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
CA2149765A1 (en
Inventor
James E. Summerton
Dwight D. Weller
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sarepta Therapeutics Inc
Original Assignee
Antivirals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Antivirals Inc filed Critical Antivirals Inc
Publication of CA2149765A1 publication Critical patent/CA2149765A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CA2149765C publication Critical patent/CA2149765C/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/545Heterocyclic compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/548Phosphates or phosphonates, e.g. bone-seeking
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/56Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
    • A61K47/59Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyureas or polyurethanes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6839Triple helix formation or other higher order conformations in hybridisation assays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00718Type of compounds synthesised
    • B01J2219/0072Organic compounds

Abstract

The present invention describes a polymer composition effective to bind, in a sequence-specific manner to a target sequence of a duplex polynucleotide, at least two different-oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs at selected positions in the target sequence. The composition includes an uncharged backbone with 5- or 6-membered cyclic backbone structures and selected bases attached to tho backbone structures effective to hydrogen bond specifically with different oriented base-pairs in the target sequence. Also disclosed are subunits useful for the construction of the polymer composition. The present invention further includes methods for (i) coupling a first free or polymer-terminal subunit, and (ii) isolating, from a liquid sample, a target duplex nucleic acid fragment having a selected sequence of base-pairs.

Description

WO 94/12517 -. 2 ~ 4 9 7 6 5 PCT/US93/11377 SEQUENCE-BPEtrIFIC BINDING POLYMERS

FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to an uncharged poly-mer capable of binding with sequence specificity to double stranded nucleic acids containing a selected base-pair sequence.
l0 REFERENCES
Aboderin, Delpierre, and Fruton, J. Amer. Chem. Soc.
1965, 87, 5469.
Aoyama (1987). Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 60 2073.
Arnott & Bond (1973). Science 181 68; Nature New Biol. 24 99.
Arnott & Selsing (1974). J. Molec. Biol. 88 509.
Balgobin, McBride, Kierzek, Beaucage and Caruthers Bassingdale (1986). J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 108 2040.
Barwolff and Langen, in "Nucleic Acid Chemistry,"
Townsend and Tipson, Ed. Wiley, New York, 1978 page 359.

214.97~~
Belikova, Zaratova, & Grineva (1967). Tet. Letters 37 3557. Bischofberger, Tetrahedron Letters (1987) 28 X821.
Bredereck, et al, Chemische Berichte (1968) 101 41.
Bunemann et a1. (1981). Biochem. 20 2864.
Caballero, Mota & Perez (1986). Carbohydrate P.esearch 154 280.
Carnelley and Dutt, J. Chem. Soc. 1~5, 2483.
Chamberlin & Patterson (1965). J. Molec. Biol. 12 410.
Chelsky et al. (1989). Mol. Cell. Biol. 9 2487.
Cooney et a1. (1988). Science 241 456.
Corey, Gilman, and Ganem (1968). J. Am. Chem. Soc.
90 5616.
Dehlinger, P., (1992). Journal of the US Patent and Tradmark Office Society, July Issue, pages 463-480.
Dervan, P. B., (1986). Science 232, 464-471.
Dreyer, G.B., et al., (1985). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA 82, 968-972.
Elguero et a1. (1976). The Tautomerism of Hetero-cycles, Adv. in Heterocyclic Chem. Supplement I.
Academic Press. NY.
Fernandez-Resa, et a1. (1989). J. Chem. Soc. Perkin 1:67.
Fischer-Fantuzzi & Vesco (1988). Molec. & Cell.
Biol. 8 5495.
Flavell & Van den Berg (1975). FEBS Letters 58 90.
Froehler (1986). Tetrahedron Lett. 27:5575.
Gregoriadis & Needunjun (1975). Biochem. Biophys.
Res. Commun. 65 537.
Hamamichi & Miyasaka (1991). J. Heterocyclic Chem., 28 397.
Hanessian, Martin, & Desai (1986). J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 926.
Himmelsbach and Pfleide:rer (1983). Tet. Lett. 24 3583.
Hoffer (1960). Chemisc:he Berichte 93 2777.
HoogsLeen (1959). Acta Cryst. 12 822.
Ikehara & Kaneko (1970). Chem. Pharm. Bull., 18 2441.
Inman (1964). J. Mol. Biol. 10 137.
Jones (1979). Int. J. E4iol. Macromolec. 1 194.
Jurgens (1907). Chemiscche Berichte 40 4409.
Kabanov (1989). FENS Letters 258 343.
Kamimura, Tsuchiya, Ura~kami, Koura, Sekine, Shinozaki, Miura and Hata (1.984). J. Amer. Chem. Soc.
106 4552.
Karpo:ra et aI. (1980). FEBS Letters 122 21.
Katritzky and Yates (1976). J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Traps. 1 309.
King, McWhirter, and Barton (1945). J. Am. Chem.
Soc. 67 2089.
Kosturko et a1. (1979). Biochem. 18 5751.
Kundu & Heidelberger (1.974). Biochem. Biophys_ Res.
Comm. 60 561.
Kundu et aI. (1975). J. Med. Chem. 18 395 & 3,9.
Kundu (1980). J. Med. C:hem. 23 512.
Kunz & Pfrengle (1989). Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng., 28 1067.
Lemaitre, Bayard & Lebl.ue (1987). PNAS 84 648.
Maeba et al (1983). J. Org. Chem. 48 2998.
Maher III, L. J., Wold, B., & Dervan, P. B. (1989).
Science 245, 725-730.
Mahler, Wold, Dervan (1.989). Science 245 725:
Martin (1964). J. Chem. Soc., 2944.
McBride, et a1. (1986). J.A.C.S. 108:2040.
Miller et a1. (1979). Biochemistry 18 5134.
Miller et al. (1980). J'. Biol. Chem. 255 9659.
Miller et a1. (1985). Biochimie 67 769.
Miura and Hata (1984). J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 106 4552.
Morgan & Wells (1968). J. Molec. Biol. 37 63.
Mosey & Dervan (1987). Science 238 645.
Mulzer, Kuhl & Bruntru;p (1978). Tetrahedron Letters, 2249 & 2253.
Myers and Lee (1984). Carb. Res. 132 61.
Outten and Daves (1987). J. Org. Chem. 52 5064.
Ozdowska (1974). Rocz. Chem. 48 1065.
Pelaprat et a1. (1980) J. Med. Chem. 23 1330, 1336.
Peltier (1956). Belg. Soc. Science, Bretagne 31 26.
Phillips (1928). J. Chem. Soc. 2393.
Pickering, Srivastava, Witkowski, and Robins, Nucleic Acid Chemistry, Pari: 1, Ed. by Townsend and Tipson, John Wiley and Sons,, New York, p 145.
Pitha & Pitha (1970). Biopolymers 9 965.
Poisel and Schmidt (1975). Chemische Berichte 108 2547.
Povich (1989). J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 111 3059.
Rich & Seeman (1975). Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, Vol. 2, pages 465-466.
Robbins & Basom (1978). in Nucleic Acid Chemistry, part 2, Townsend & Topson, E;ds. p601.
Robins, Naik, and Lee (1974). J. Org. Chem. 39 1891.
Robins, Hansske, Bernie.r (1981). Can. J. Chem. 59 3360.
Sakataume, et a1. (1990). Nuc. Acids. Res. 18:3327.
Sakore et a1. (1969). J. Molec. Biol. 43 385.
Satoda, Komori, Terashima & Yaginamu, Japanese Kokai, 74 85092.
Schmitz & Galas (1979). Nucleic Acids Res. 6 111.
Schnneller and Christ (1981). J. Heterocyclic Chem.
18 654.
Schultz, Taylor, & Dervan (1982). JACS 104 6861.

Schultz & Dervan (1983). PNAS 80 6834.
Seela & Hasselmann (1981). Chemische Berichte 114 3395.
Sekine, Peshakova, Hata, Yokoyama and Miyazawa 5 (1987). J. Org. Chem. 52 5061.
Shioiri, Ninomiya, Yama.da (1972). J. Amer. Chem.
Soc. 94 6203.
Sluka et al. (1987). Science 238 1129.
Smith (1954). J. Chem. Soc., 3842.
Smith, Rammler, Goldberg & Khorana (1961). J. Amer.
Chem. Soc. 84 430.
Stirchak, Summerton, & Weller (1987). J. Org. Chem.
52 4202.
Stirchak, Summerton, & Weller (1989). Nucleic Acids Res. ~7 6129.
Summerton & Bartlett (1.978b). J. Molecular Biology 122 145-162.
Summerton (1979). J. Theor. Biol. 78 61-76.
Summerton (1979). J. Theor. Biol. 78 77-99.
Tamura and Okai (1984). Carb. Res. 133 207.
Toulme et aI. (1986). F~NAS 83 1227.
Touster (1975) "Organic: Reactions", R.E. Krieger Publishers, Inc. NY vol. 7::327.
Trattner, et al (1964).. J. Org. Chem. 29 2674.
Trichtinger, Charbula and Pfleiderer (1983). Tet.
Lett. 24 711.
Voet & Rich (1970). Progress in Nucleic Acids Res. &
Molec. Biol. 10 183 - 265.
Winkeler -& Seela (1983). J. Org. Chem. 48 3119.
Wittenburg (1964). Z. Chem., 4 303.
Yardley & Fletcher (19'76). Synthesis 244.
Youngquist & Dervan (1985). JACS 107 5528.
Zamecnik & Stephenson (1978). PNAS 75 280.
Zimmermann & Stille -(1!985). Macromolecules 18 321.

.. J 94/1251? PCT/US93I11377 Zuidema, Van den Berg & Flavell (1978). Nucleic Acids Res. 5 2471.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide_analogs designed to inactivate selected single-stranded genetic sequences unique to a target pathogen were first reported in the late 1960's by Belikova, 196'7, and subsEquently by:

Pitha, 1970; Summerton, 1978 b, 1979a,b; Zamecnik, 1978;

Jones, 1979; Karpova, 1980; k~iiller, 1979, 1980, 1985;

Toulme, 1986; and Stirchak, 1987, 1989. Polymeric agents of this type achieve their sequence specificity by exploiting Watson/Crick base pairing between the agent and its complementary single-stranded target genetic sequence. Because such polymers only bind single-stranded target genetic sequences, they are of limited value where the genetic information one wishes to inactivate exists predominantly in the double-stranded jtate.

For many pathogens and pathogenic states duplex genetic sequences offer a more suitable target for blocking genetic activity. One of the earliest attempts to develop a sequence-specific duplex-directed nucleic acid binding agent was reported by Kundu, Heidelberger, and coworkers during the period 1974 to 1980 (Kundu 1974;

Kundu 1975; Kundu 1980). This group reported two monomeric agents, each designed to hydrogen-bond to a specific base-pair in duplex nucleic acids. However, these agents were ineffective, probably for two reasons.

First, they utilized a nonrigid ambiguous hydrogen-bonding group (an amide) which can act as either a proton donor or acceptor (.in the hydrogen-bonding sense). Secondly, they provided an insufficient number of hydrogen bonds (two) for complex stability in aqueous solution. Experimental results from a variety of systems 21~-976~i suggest that hydrogen-bonded. complexes are stable in aqueous solution only if there are a substantial number (probably at least 12) of cooperative intermolecular hydrogen bonds, or if there are additional stabilizing interactions (electrostatic, hydrophobic,. etc.).
Another early attempt was reported by Dattagupta and Crothers at Yale and coworkers in Germany (Kosturko 1979;
Bunemann 1381). These workers employed a polymer prepared from a dye known to intercalate into duplex DNA
rich in G:~ base-pairs and another dye which preferentially binds to duplex DNA rich in A:T
base-pairs, probably via minor-groove sites. Preparation of the polymer involved modification of the two dyes by adding acrylic moieties and then polymerization of a mixture of the modified dyes in the presence of duplex DNA of defined sequence (the template). The expectation was that the resultant polymer would show a specific affinity for duplex DNA having the same sequence as the template DNA. However, such material proved to ex:~ibit only nominal sequence specificity. A variety of bis-intercalating agents designed to bind to specific sequences ~n duplex DNA have also been reported (Pelaprat, 1980), but such agents inherently give only minimal sequence specificity.
More recently, Dervan has taken a natural B-form-specific minor-groove-binding antibiotic (Distamycin) and systematically extended its structure to achieve a significant level of sequence specificity (Schultz 1982; Schultz 1983; Youngquist 1985). He has also appended to this oligomer an EDTA/Fe complex which under certain conditions acts to cleave the duplex target sequence near the agent s binding site. However, this particular approach will not lead to the high level of specificity which is needed for therapeutic applica-tions because the inherent symmetry of the H-bonding sites in the minor groove provides too little sequence information.
Still more recently, Dervan and coworkers reported a binding agent which utilizes the informationally-richer polar major-groove sites of a target genetic duplex for sequence-specific recognition (Sluka 1987). This entailed adapting a synthetic polypeptide, comprising the DNA-sequence-recognition portion of a DNA-binding protein, for cleaving DNA at the protein's binding site on duplex DNA. The cleaving activity was achieved by linking an EDTA/Fe complex to the amino terminus of the synthetic peptide and demonstrating that this complex selectively cleaved duplex D1!1A at or near the parent protein's natural target sequence.
Another approach to dup:Lex targeting has grown out of studies first reported in the late 1950's that demonstrated, via X-ray diffraction, that under high salt conditions an all-thymine or all-uracil polynucleotide can bind to specific polar major-groove sites on a Watson/Crick genetic duplex having all adenines in one strand and all thymines or uracils in the other strand (Hoogsteen binding; Hoogsteen 1959). Subsequently, it Was reported that in high sa:Lt and at pH values lower than 7, an all-cytosine polynucleotide, having the cytosine moieties protonated,, can bind in a similar manner to a Watson/Crick duplex having all guanines in one strand and all cytosines in the other strand.
Thereafter, it was demonstrated that under high salt and at a pH below 7, a polynucleotide containing both cytosines and thymines (or uracils) can bind to a Watson/Crick duplex having the appropriate sequence of purines in one strand and pyrimidines in the other strand (Morgan, 1968).
In the 1970's this Hoogsaeen binding mechanism was exploited for affinity chromatography purification of 0 94/12517 PCTlUS93/11377 duplex genetic fragments containing runs of purines in one strand and pyrimidines in the other strand (Flavell, 1975; Zuidema, 1978). In 1987 Dervan and coworkers exploited this Hoogsteen binding mechanism to position an all-pyrimidine polynucleotide, carrying an EDTA/Fe cleaving moiety, onto a target genetic duplex having a specific sequence of purine.s in one strand and pyrimidines in the other strand (Mosey, 1987).
A major-groove binding mode different from the Hoogsteen mode was reported in the mid-I960~s and involves binding of an all-purine polynucleotide, poly(dI), to a poly(dI)/poly (rC) duplex (Inman 1964) and to a poly(dI)/poly(dC) duplex (Chamberlin 1965).
Similarly, a mostly-purine polynucleotide has been recently used by Hogan and coworkers (Gooney, 1988) for blocking the activity of a :elected natural duplex genetic sequence. These workers reported that in the presence of 6 mM Mg++ a mostly-purine polynucleotide (24 purines, 3 pyrimidines) of a specific sequence inhibits transcription of the human C-myc gene in a cell-free system.
To date, reported polynucleotides used for binding to genetic duplexes fail to satisfy one or more important criteria for effective use within living organisms. Some of these criteria are as fo7.lows:
First, the Hoogsteen-binding polynucleotides (polypyrimidines) containing cytosines require a lower-than-physiological pH in order to achieve effective binding (due to the necessity of protonating the cytosine moieties), although it has recently been demonstrated by Dervan and coworkers that the use of 5-methylcytosines in place of cytosines allows Hoogsteen binding at a pH
somewhat closer to physiological (Mahler, 1989), and use of both 5-methylcytosines in place of cytosines and 5-A' W0 94/12517 214 9 7 65v ~ ~ , bromouracils in place of thymines (or uracils) improves binding still further (Povsic, 1989).
Second, in the case of polypurine polynucleotides, both inosine (hypoxanthine) and adenine moieties lack 5 adequate sequence specificity and adequate binding affinity for effective major-groove binding in intracellular applications. The inadequate sequence specificity for inosine (Inman, 1964) ar.3 adenine (Gooney, 1988) moieties derives from the fact that 10 inosine can bind with similar affinity to the central polar major-groove sites of both a C:I (or C:G) base-pair (i.e., NH4 of C and 06 of G or I) and an A:T or A:U base-pair (i.e., NH6 of A and 04 of T or U), and because adenine can bind with similar affinity to the central polar major-groove sites of both a T:A or U:A base-pair (i.e., 04 of T or U and NH6 of A) and a G:C base-pair (i.e., 06 of G and NH4 of C'), as discussed further below.
The low binding affinity of inosine for its target base-pairs and of adenine for its target base-pairs is due to the fact that these purines can form only two less-than-optimal hydrogen-bonds to the major-groove sites of their respective target base-pairs.
Third, both polypyrimi.dine and polypurine polynucleotides fail to achieve effective binding to their target genetic duplexes under physiological conditions, due to the substantial electrostatic repulsion between the three: closely-packed polyanionic backbones of the three-stranded complexes. Although this repulsion can be attenuated by high salt (Morgan, 1968), divalent cations (Gooney, 1.988), or polyamines (Moser, 1987), nonetheless, for applications in living cells, and particularly cells within intact organisms, control of intracellular cation concentrations is generally not feasible.
Fourth, for therapeutic: applications polynucleotides are less than optimal becau~~e: (i) they are rapidly sequestered by the reticuloe:ndothelial lining of the capillaries, (ii) they do not readily cross biological membranes, and (iii) they are sensitive to degradation by nucleases in the blood and ~rithin cells.
For many in vivo applications of sequence-specific duplex-directed nucleic acid-binding agents, the principal target is DNA, which appears to exist within cells predominantly in a B or B-like conformation. In this context, polynucleotidea which have been used for major-groove binding to geneaic duplexes (Moser, 1987;
Cooney, 1988) have a unit backbone length that is shorter than optimal for binding to duplex genetic sequences existing in a B-type conformation.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention includes a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner to a target sequence of a duplex polynucleotide containing at least two different oriented Watson-Crick base-pairs at selected positions in the target sequence. The polymer is f ormed of a specif is sec~:~ence of subunits selected from the following forms:
~ S
Y O R~ Y g O
4. 1. 4. ~.
.2 J2 s N
O R' ' ' where Y is a 2- or 3-atom ls:ngth, uncharged intersubunit linkage group; R' is H, OH, or o-alkyl; the 5'-methylene has a /3 stereochemical orientation in the 5-membered ring and a uniform stereochemicaJ. orientation in the 6-WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 2m~~s~
membered ring; R; has a Q stereochemical orientation; and at least about 70% cf R; groups in the polymer are selected from two or more of the following base-pair-specificity groups:
A. for a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, R; is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skele~-al ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the polymer backbone:
a a s a N H
HN N"NH ~ N N NH v N NH 1[ H N H
H H H H H
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donor group, such as an amine; and X may be a moiety effective to afford discriminative binding on the basis of the moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair;
B. for a C:G oriented base-pair, ~ is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indiyates the polymer backbone:

-N
~
Z ~ R N~N~NH ~ NH N H
H NH H H H H R N H H
H
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond acceptor group, such as a carbonyl oxygen; X may be a moiety effective to afford discriminative binding on the basis of the moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair; and Z is oxygen or sulfur;

21497fi5 C. for a G:C oriented base-pair, R; is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the polymer backbone:
B

HN N~NJ HN N~ ~N~R HH H. ,NIX
H H

N.~
HN $ HN~ 8 H N H N~ HN N
H ~ H ~ H H
where the * ring position ma.y carry a hydrogen-bond acceptor group, such as a carbonyl oxygen; and X may be a moiety effective to afford discriminative binding on the basis of the moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair; and., D. for an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, R; is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indica~es the polymer backbone:

8 g N/ ' HN N~N~ R HN N R
H H HN rl N H H
H H a H N.
HN $ N--<
H N H N. HN N
* H H
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donating group, such as NH2; and X may be a moiety effective to afford discriminative binding on the basis WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 of the moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair.
In one embodiment, for use in sequence-specific binding to a duplex nucleic acid sequence in an A
conformation, the Y linkage group is two_atoms in length.
In another embodiment, for use in sequence-specific binding to a B-form DNA-DNA duplex nucleic acid sequence, the Y linkage group is three atoms in length.
In another embodiment, the invention includes a polymer containing several methyl-discriminating bases which afford good target binding affinity to a duplex target sequence when said target sequence contains a hydrogen at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of selected base-pairs, but which substantially reduce target binding to a corresponding target sequence when said target sequence contains a methyl at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the selected base-pairs.
In another aspect, the invention includes a method for coupling a first free or polymer-terminal subunit having one of the following subunit forma:
O R ( ... O R i ..
HO .OH HO ~ ~OH
OH
where R; is a planar ring structure having two or more hydrogen-bonding sites, with a second free or polymer-terminal subunit having one of the following subunit forms H H HNH HNH HNH
N I I I
t Z O p~ Z O Ri Z O Ri Z O R~
N
HO .OH ~ OH HO N OH
OH

WO 94/12517 2149' 6 5 PCTIUS93/11377 where Z is a 2-atom or 3-atom long moiety. The method includes i) oxidizing the first subunit to generate a dialdehyde intermediate; ii) contacting the diald~hyde intermediate with the second subunit under conditions 5 effective to couple a primary amine to a dialdehyde; and (iii) adding a reducing agent effective to give a coupled structure selected from the following forms:
... OYR' ... O R ~ ... O R i NJ N N
Z
Z O R~ Z. O Ri O Ri HO pH HO \OH
OH
In still another aspect, the invention provides a method for isolating, from .a liquid sample, a target duplex nucleic acid fragment having a selected sequence of base-pairs. The method includes first contacting the sample with a polymer reagent-containing structure which allows isolation of the reagent from solution, and attached to this structure, a polymer composition of the type described above, where the polymer composition has a subunit sequence effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner with the selected sequence of base-pairs. The contacting is carried out under conditions effective for sequence-specific binding o:E the polymer composition to the selected sequence of base-pairs.
Further, the polymers of the present invention can be used to detect the presence of a target nucleic acid sequence. For example, a support-bound polymer composition can be contacted with a test solution containing the selected duplex genetic sequence under conditions effective for sequence-specific binding of the polymer composition to its 1=arget sequence of base-pairs.

The support-bound polymer with bound selected duplex genetic sequence is then separated from the test solution. The presence of the polymer/target duplex sequence is then detected. Detecting the selected genetic sequence may, for example, utilize one of the following: fluorescent compounds, such as, ethidium bromide and propidic~m iodide, effective to intercalate into duplex genetic sequences; or reporter moieties linked to oligocationic moieties effective to bind to the polyanionic backbone of nucleic acids.
Also forming part of the invention is a subunit composition for use in forming a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence specific manner to a target sequence in a duplex polynucleotide. The composition includes one of the following subunit structures:
(a) (b) (c) (d) H H HNH
Y O Rt Y O Rt N i Z O R) Z O Rt ' N
H' x _ OH
' ' HO
X HG
where R' is H, OH, or O-alkyl; the 5'-methylene has a ~i stereochemical orientation in subunit forms (a), (c), and (d) and a uniform stereochemical orientation in subunit form (b); X is hydrogen or a protective group or a linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; Y is a nucleophilic or electrophilic linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; and X and Y together are such that when two subunits of the subunit set are linked the resulting intersubunit linkage is 2 or 3 atoms in length and uncharged; Z is a 2-atom or 3-atom long moiety; and, R;, which may be in the protected WO 94/12517 _ 21 ~9 7 fi 5 YCT/US93111377 state and has a ~ stereocheaiical orientation, is selected from the group consisting of' planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:
s H N H
N.-.< 9 N ~8 H N H N HN N N
H ~ M ' H H 8 N NH
H H N
H N a N~H H
N N
H H g s 8 HN N
. H H
HN N~N~ 7C Z N N NH
H H H H
where the * ring position many carry a hydrogen-bond acceptor group; and X may be: a moiety effective to afford discriminative binding on the basis of the moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine: of the target base-pair; or, where R; is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:
B

HH N~HJ HH N H ~ x H~N~HH

H
N
H N HN N N ~ X N~N~NH
?~ H H H H

a * a H N
N--< 8 H N ~s H HN N ' N NH
H H
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donating group; and X may be a moiety effective to afford discriminative binding on the basis of the moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair.
An additional part of the invention is a subunit composition for use in forming a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence specific manner to a target sequence in a duplex polynucleotide. The composition includes one of the following subunit structures:
(a) (b) ( HNH HNH
Y O p~ Z O R~ Z O
N
HO OH HO OH
X
OH
where the 5'-methylene has a /3 stereochemical orientation in subunit forms ( b ) , and ( c ) and a uniform stereochemical orientation in subunit firm (a); X is hydrogen or a protective group or a linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; Y is a nucleophilic or electrophilic linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; and X and Y together are such that when two subunits of the subunit set are linked the resulting intersubunit linkage is 2 or 3 atoms in length and uncharged; Z is a 2-atom or WO 94/12517 21 ~ 9 ~ ~ ~I pCT~S93111377 3-atom long moiety; and, R;, which may be in the protected state and has a ~ stereoche:mical orientation, is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates t;he aliphatic backbone moiety, the starred atom is not a hydrogen bond acceptor, and W
is oxygen or sulfur: 8 B
W N ~NH HN N NH
H H H H
The present invention .also includes, a polymer composition capable of discriminating, on the basis of binding affinity, between (.a) a selected target sequence in a duplex polynucleotide containing at least one pyrimidine-purine base-pair at a selected position in the target sequence, where the ;pyrimidine base has a hydrogen on the 5 ring position, and (b) the same sequence but in which the pyrimidine of the base pair at the sele~aed position contains a methyl group on the 5 ring position of the pyrimidine. The polymer composition inclu3es a polymer having the repeating unit -[ B J-where B is a backbone moiety. In the composition, at least one ~ is selected from the following group:
a (a) (b) 8 (c) HN N~~N~ R
R N 'N~~NH H H HH H N X
H H

~14g'~~5 (d) a (e) (f) 5 HN N~N~ R R. N~H~ HH HH H~N~$
H H
(9) (h) to N~N~NH N N NH
R H H X H H
15 where X has a size and shape effective to selectively reduce binding of R; to a base-pair having a methyl on the 5 ring position of the pyrimidine.
Another embodiment of the present invention includes a method for inhibiting the biological activity of a 20 selected duplex genetic sequence. In this method, a suitable target sequence of base-pairs is selected within the selected duplex genetic sequence whose activity is to be inhibited. A polymer composition, as described above, is provided which is effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner to the target sequence. The polymer composition is contacted with the selected duplex genetic sequence under substantially physiological conditions.
This method may further include contacting the polymer composition with the selected genetic sequence where contacting the polymer composition with the selected genetic sequence entails targeting the polymer composition to a tissue or site containing the selected genetic sequence to be inactivated. Some methods of delivery include delivering the polymer composition in "~ 7 94/12517 PCT/US93111377 21 197 6g the form of an aerosol to t:he respiratory tract of a patient and/or injecting an aqueous solution of the polymer composition into a patient.
These and other objects and features of the present invention will become more fully apparerit when the following detailed description of the invention is read in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figures lA-1D illustrate T:A (lA), A:T (1B), C:G
(1C) and G:C (1D) oriented Watson-Crick base-pairs, showing the major-groove hydrogen-binding sites of the base-pairs (arrows).
Figures 2A and 2B illustrate tautomeric forms of 2-amino pyrimidine (2A), anal 2-pyrimidinone (2B), Figures 2C and 2D illustrate rigid (2C) and non-rigid (2D) hydrogen-bonding arrays.
Figures 3A-3D illustrate standard positioning for a U:A base-pair in an A conformation and the approximate position of helical axis for an A-form duplex (Figure 3A), the use of this positioning scheme for assessing R,, 8" and A values for a subu:nit base hydrogen bonded to the polar major-groove sites of: a U:A base-pair in an A
conformation (Figure 38), t:he standard positioning for a T:A base-pair in a B confoz-mation and the approximate position of helical axis for a B-form duplex (Figure 3C), and the use of this positioning scheme for assessing eb, and A values for a subunit base hydrogen bonded to the polar major-groove sites o1: a T:A base-pair in a B
conformation (Figure 3D).
Figures 4A and 4B illustrate the normal binding (Figure 4A) and substantia:Lly reduced binding (Figure 4B) afforded by a representative methyl-discriminating base.
Figure 4C illustrates the general skeletal ring A

21 ~9'~ 6 ~

structure, hydrogen bonding array, and position of the methyl-discriminating moiety of preferred bases designed to bind their respective target base-pairs having a hydrogen at the 5 position of the pyrimidine, but not bind their respective target base-pairs when said base-pairs have a methyl at the 5 position of the pyrimidine.
Figures 5A-5C show representative 2'-deoxyribose (Figure 5A), ribose (Figure 5B), and ribose-derived backbone structures (Figure 5C) suitable for use in forming the polymer of the invention.
Figures 6A-6F show representative morpholino backbone structures suitable for use in forming the poly-mer of the invention.
Figures 7A-7F show representative acyclic backbone structures suitable for forming the polymer of the invention.
Figure 8A shows a representative coupled acyclic backbone structure with a 4-atom unit backbone length, Figures 8B-8C show coupled acyclic backbone structures with a 5-atom unit backbone length, and Figures 8D-8F
show coupled acyclic backbone structures with a 6-atom unit backbone length.
Figures 9A-9D show representative coupled cyclic backbone structures with a 6-atom unit backbone length, and Figures 9E-9F show representative coupled cyclic backbone structures with a 7-atom unit backbone length.
Figures l0A and lOB illustrate a guanine base and its binding to a C:G oriented Watson-Crick base-pair (Figure l0A) and a diaminopurine base and its binding to a T:A oriented Watson-Crick base-pair (Figure lOB).
Figure lOC shows tetramer formation with guanine bases.
Figure lOD shows hydrogen bonding at diaminopurine bases.
Figure l0E shows several guanine analogs that lack a hydrogen bond acceptor at the 7 position.

WO 94/12517 214 9'~ G 5 PCT/US93/11377 Figures ilA and 11B show hydrogen bonding of a cytosine base to a G:C (Figure 11A) and T:A (Figure 11B) oriented base-pair.
Figures 12A and 12B show hydrogen bonding of a uracil base to an A:T (Figure 12A) and C:G (Figure 12B) oriented base-pair.
Figures 13A-13D illustrate the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a t~automeric base designed for binding to a G:C or A:T Watson-Crick base-pair (Figure 13A), and three specific embodiments of the 13A structure (Figures 13B-13D).
Figures 14A and 14B show the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 13B structure to a cJ:C (Figure 14A) and A:T
(Figure 14B) oriented base-pair.
Figures 15A-15D illusi:rate the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a G:C Watson-Crick base-pair (Figure 15A), and three specific embodiments of the: Figure 15A structure (Figures 15B-15D).
Figure 16 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 15D structure to a G:C orie:nted base-pair.
Figure 17A illustrate; the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a G:C Watson-Crick base-pair, and Figure 17C shows a specific embodiment of the Figure 17A structure hydrogen bonded to a G:C oriented base-pair; Figure 17B
illustrates the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a related base designed for binding to an A:T or A:U
Watson-Crick base-pair, and Figure 17D shows a specific embodiment of the 17B structure hydrogen bonded to a A:T
oriented base-pair.

Figures 18A-18D illustrate the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a G:C Watson-Crick base-pair (Figure 18A), and three spe;.ific embodiments of the 18A structure (Figures 18B-18D) .
Figure 19 shows the hydrogen bonding cf the Figure 18E structure to a G:C oriented base-pair.
Figures 20A-20D illustrate the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to an A:T or A:U Watson-Crick base-pair (Figure 20A), and three specific embodiments of the 20A structure (rigures 20B-20D~.
Figure 21 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 20D structure to an A:T oriented base-pair.
Figures 22A-22D illustrate the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to an A:T or A:U Watson-Crick base-pair (Figure 22A), and three specific embodiments of the 22A structure (Figures 22B-22D) .
Figure 23 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 22B structure to an A:T oriented base-pair;
Figure 24A illustrates the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to an C:G Watson-Crick base-pair, and Figure 24C illustrates a specific embodiment of the Figure 24A structure; Figure 24B illustrates the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a related base also designed for binding to an C:G
Watson-Crick base-pair, and Figure 24D illustrates a specific embodiment of the Figure 24B structure.

Figure 25 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 22C structure to a C:G oriented base-pair.
Figure ~6A illustrate;s the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone 5 attachment position of a base designed for binding to a T:A or U:A Watson-Crick base-pair, and Figures 26C-2bD
illustrate two specific embodiments of the Figure 26~
structure; F=gure 26B illustrates the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone 10 attachment position of a related base also designed for binding to a T:A or U:A Wai~son-Crick base-pair, and Figure 26E illustrates a specific embodiment of the Figure 26B structure.
Figure i7 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 15 26C structure to a T:A orieanted base-pair.
Figure 28A illustrates the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a T:A or U:A Watson-Crick bare-pair, and Figure 28B
20 illustrates a specific embodiment of the Figure 28A
structure.
Figure 29A illustrate:a the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a 25 C:G Watson-Crick base-pair,. and Figure 298 illustrates a specific embodiment of the 29A structure.
Figure 30A illustrate:: the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to an A:T or A:U Watson-Crick base-pair, and Figures 30C-30E
illustrate three specific embodiments of the Figure 30A
structure; Figure 30B illusarates the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a rs:lated base also designed for binding to an A:T or A:U Watson-Crick base-pair, and 2149' 65 Figure 30F illustrates a specific embodiment of the Figure 30B structure.
Figure 31A illustrates the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a G:C Watson-Crick base-pair, and Figure 31C illustrates a specific embodiment of the Figure 31A structure; Figure 31B illustrates the general skeletal ring-structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a related base also designed for binding to a G:C
Watson-Crick base-pair, and Figure 31D illustrates a specific embodiment of the Figure 31B structure.
Figure 32A shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 28B structure to a U:A oriented base-pair; Figure 32B
shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 29B structure to a C:G oriented base-pair; Figure 32C shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 30D structure to an A:T oriented base-pair; Figure 32D shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 31C structure to a G:C oriented base-pair.
Figure 33 illustrates the coupling cycle used in an exemplary solid-phase synthesis of one embodiment of the binding polymer of the present invention.
Figures 34, 35, and 36 illustrate segments of three polymers constructed according to the invention, with each designed to bind to a region of an A-form genetic duplex nucleic acid having the sequence of base-pairs:
C:G, A:T, T:A, and G:C.
Figure 37 illustrates a segment of a polymer constructed according to the invention, and designed to bind to a region of an A-form RNA/RNA duplex having the sequence of base-pairs: C:G, A:U, U:A, and G:C.
Figure 38 illustrates a segment of a polymer constructed according to the invention, and designed to bind to a segment of duplex DNA in the B conformation in the transcriptional control region of a transcriptionally-active gene, with that duplex target sequence having the sequence of base-pairs: T:A, G:5mC, 5mC:G, and A:T.
Figure 39 illustrates the coupling cycle in a novel method for assembling nucleic acid-binding polymers.
DETAILED DEBCRIPTION OF THE INVE'_~TION
I. Polvmer Subunit Constructio~i The polymer of the invention is designed for binding with base-pair specificity 'to a selected sequence (the target sequence) in a strand of duplex nucleic acid. As used herein, duplex sequence refers to a sequence of contiguous oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, where the four oriented base-pairs are: A:'i' (or A:U), T:A (or U:A), G:C, and C:G, where A, T, U, G, and C, refer to adenine, thymine, uracil, guanine, a;nd cytosine nucleic acid bases, respectively.
The polymer is formed of subunits, each of which comprises a backbone structure ar~.d linkage group, which collectively form an uncharged backbone, and a base attached to the backbone structure, which provides base-pair-specific hydrogen-bonding to the target. The requirements of the backbone structure, linkage group, and attached base in the polymer subunits are described in detail below.
In the context of the duplex binding polymers of the present invention, the term "base" refers to planar base-pair-specific hydrogen-bonding moieties.
A. Subunit Base Regu:irements Because of the symmetr~t of the polar minor-groove sites and the asymmetry of polar major-groove sites in Watson/Crick base-pairs, to achieve a given level of sequence specificity a minor-groove-binding agent would have to recognize twice as many base-pairs as would a corresponding major-groove-binding agent. Accordingly, hydrogen-bonding of the subunit base is to the polar sites in the major groove of the target duplex.
Figures lA-1D shows T:A, A:T, C:G, and G:C oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, with the major-grove hydrogen-bording sites indicated by arrows in the figure. For the T:A and A:T oriented base-pairs, the polar major-groove sites include the N7 and a hydrogen on the N6 of adenine and the 04 of thymine (or uracil). For the C:G and G:C
oriented base-pairs, the polar major-groove sites include the 06 and N7 of guanine and a hydrogen on the N4 of cytosine.
In order to make a significant contribution to the free energy of binding and to provide adequate base-pair specificity, the subunit base should form at least two hydrogen bonds to its target base-pair. That is, each subunit base in the polymer should contain at physiological pH a hydrogen-bonding array suitable for binding to two or three of the polar major-groove sites on its respective oriented target base-pair. Table 1 shows the hydrogen-bonding arrays comprising the polar major-groove sites for each of the four oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, and the corresponding hydrogen-bonding array of the subunit base suitable for hydrogen-bonding to said polar major-groove sites.
In the table, X is generally an N, O, or S atom, but can also be F, C1, or Br, having a non-bonded pair of electrons suitable for hydrogen bonding, and **
represents the nonbonded pair of electrons suitable for hydrogen-bonding.

214.97fi~

Table 1 Oriented hydroaen-bonding Reauired hvdroaen-bonding base pair array of base-pair array of subunit base A:T ** H ** N X or N X N
H ** H ** H
T:A ** H ** X N or N X N
** H H ** H
C:G H ** ** N N or X N N
H H ** H H
G:C ** ** H N N or N N X
H H H H **
As indicated above, the polymer subunit base typically contains the specified hydrogen-bonding array at physiological pH (in contrast to cytosine moieties used for Hoogsteen-type major-groove binding). This assures that at physiological pH, binding of the subunit base makes a substantial contribution to the free energy of binding between the polymer and its target duplex.
At phys3.ological pH the subunit base should be predominantly non-ionized. More specifically, basic moieties should have pKb values of at least 7.5 or greater, and acidic moieties should have pKa values of at least 7.7 or greater. This lack of substantial ionic charge provides two advantages. First, for applications in living cells, the lack of ionic groups on the binding polymers facilitates passage of the polymer across biological membranes. Second, lack of negative charges avoids the problem of charge repulsion between the binding polymer and the negatively charged phosphates of its target duplex.
Major-groove hydrogen-bonding arrays of the four oriented Watson/Crick base-;pairs are illustrated in Table 2.

In Table 2, H is a hydrogen bound to a nitrogen, and ** is an electron pair of nitrogen or oxygen available for hydrogen bonding.
5 Table 2 C:G H ** ** G:C ** ** H
A:T(U) ** H ** T(U) :A ** H **

The respective positioning of the base-pair 15 H-bonding arrays shown in Table 2, which approximates their relative positions in the major-groove of a duplex genetic sequence, illustrates the fact that two of the H-bonding sites of a C:G base-pair (NH4 and 06) are positioned nearly the same as two of the H-bonding sites 20 of an A:T(U) base-pair (NH6 and 04). Likewise, two of the hydrogen-bonding sites of a G:C base-pair (06 and NH4) are positioned nearly the same as two of the H-bonding sites of a T(U):A base-pair (04 and NH6). Because of these similarities in positioning between central 25 hydrogen-bonding sites of the oriented base-pairs, subunit bases which hydrogen-bond only to the polar sites near the center of the major-groove (underlined in the above table) lack adequate specificity for a given base-pair. Accordingly, in order for a subunit base to 30 achieve high specificity for a single oriented base-pair, the base should hydrogen bond to the N7 of its respective target base-pair.
If a subunit base is targeted to bind only one of the four oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, the tautomeric state of that subunit base should be sufficiently fixed under conditions of use so that at least two of the 214-9'~ 6 5 hydrogen-bonding groups po~~itioned for base-pair binding will not tautomerize to give a structure capable of H-bonding with comparable affinity to a base-pair other than the targeted base-pair' To illustrate, Figure 2A
shows an acceptably fixed structure (2-amino pyrimidine, which exists almost exclusively in the 2-amino tautomeric form). Figure 2B shows a second structure which lacks specificity for a single base-pa_r due to its facile tautomerization under physiological conditions (2-pyrimidinone). Dominant tautomeric forms of a wide assortment of representative heterocyclic structures have been tabulated in a book edited by Elguero, Marzin, Katritzky & Linda (1976).
The subunit bases typically have structures which provide a relatively rigid arrangement of at least two of the base-pair H-bonding groups positioned for base-pair binding. Such rigidity is :best afforded by a ring struc-ture wherein at least two of the polar hetero atoms to be involved in H-bonding to the target base-pair are either part of the ring or directly attached to the ring. To illustrate, Figure 2C shows a structure (2-amino-3-cyano pyrrole) which satisfies this rigidity requirement.
Figure 2D shows a structure (2-carboxamide pyrrole) which fails to satisfy the requirement.
The simplest sequence-:specific binding polymers are those which bind to a targei~ which is composed of conti-guous base-pairs in the polynucleotide duplex. This, in turn, requires that the subunit bases of the binding polymer be no thicker than i~he target base-pairs to which they are to bind. Accordingly, each subunit structure should be planar. This is best achieved by using subunit bases having aromatic characaer and/or having plane trigonal bonding for most on all ring atoms.

'~ 1 ~9 '7 6 5 B. Constraints on the Position and Ancrle of Attachment of the Base to the Backbone Considering now the geometric requirements of the polymer subunits, most duplex nucleic acids adopt either of two general conformations. RNA/RNA and RNA/DNA
duplexes adopt an A-type conformation. DNA/DNA duplexes adopt a B-type conformation, but can readi?y convert to an A conformation under certain conditions, such as high salt or low polarity solvent.
In duplex nucleic acids the polar major-groove sites on each of the Watson/Crick base-pairs are fairly regularly positioned with respect to corresponding arrays of major-groove sites on neighboring base-pairs, with the relative positions being defined by the helical conformation parameters of axial position, axial rise, and axial rotation.
In principle, the backbone attachment positions of the different subunit bases, when the bases are hydrogen-bonded to their respective target base-pairs, need not be positioned in any regular way relative to their target base-pairs. However, when there is significant variability in the relative backbone attachment positions of she different subunit bases relative to their target base-pairs, each of the backbone structures of the component subunits in the polymer are custom tailored with respect to backbone length and position of subunit base attachment, leading to extremely high development and production costs.
However, if all of the subunit bases of a given sub-unit set have similar backbone attachment positions and angles relative to their respective target base-pairs, then all subunits of the set can have identical backbone structures, greatly simplifying the synthetic effort required fox polymer construction. To this end, the polymer subunits used in the present invention are WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93I11377 selected, according to criteria described below, to have similar backbone attachment positions and angles.
To understand what is meant by similar backbone attachment positions and angles, reference is made tc Figure 3A, which shows a Watson/Crick base-pair (W/C bp) positioned relative to the helical axis (denoted H,) of an A-form genetic duplex, i.e., (A, 12, 0.326) RNA. The lower horizontal line in tile figure connects the two ribose C1' atoms of the Wai=son-Crick base-pair, and the vertical line (denoted PB) is the perpendicular bisector of the first-mentioned linEa.
The backbone attachment position and angles of a subunit base are then determined by positioning the subunit base on its corresponding target base-pair in this standardized position) with the subunit base being hydrogen bonded to the appropriate polar major-groove sites on the Watson-Crick base-pair, as shown for a 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base in Figure 3B.
The backbone attachment position of the subunit base, relative to its A-foz-m target duplex, can then be described by an R, and 8, value, where R, is the radial distance, in angstroms, from the helical axis of the A-form target duplex to the center of the backbone atom (denoted B; Figure 3B) to which the subunit base is attached, and e, is the angle, in degrees, about this helical axis, measured clockwise from the perpendicular bisector to the center of the aforementioned backbone atom. The attachment angle, A, is defined as the angle, in degrees, measured clockwise from the perpendicular bisector, between the perpendicular bisector and a line parallel to the bond between the subunit base and the backbone moiety.
Figure 3B illustrates R" e" and A parameters for a 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base hydrogen-bonded to a U:A

base-pair in an A confirmation. Figure 3C illustrates a correspondingly positioned base-pair of a H-form duplex, and Figure 3D illustrates Re, 6b, and A parameters for this 2,6-diaminotriazi~ne subunit base hydrogen-bonded to a T:A base-pair in a B conformation.
In order to unambiguously define the target base-pair for a selected subunit base with a given backbone attachment site, two orientations for each Watson/Crick base-pair in the target duplex must be considered. The resultant 4 oriented base-pairs are designated as A:T, T:A, C:G, and G:C (and corresponding base-pairs where U
replaces T). The orientations of these base-pairs are defined in Table 3.
Table 3 Oriented Base-hair 8 value for N7 of Purine Designation of Target Base-pair A:T (A; U) > 180°
T:A (U: A) < 180°
C:G < 180°
G:C > 180°
In principle, the backbone attachment position for any given subunit base, in position on its target base-pair, can have a A value, X°, in the range of 0° to 180°.
By flipping the target base-pair, the a value of that same target-bound subunit base is changed to 360° - X°.
The convention used in the following discussion is that the a value for each subunit base of the binding polymer is less than 180°.
Thus, in the context of selecting a subunit set suitable for assembling the binding polymers disclosed herein, to explicitly define which orientation of a given base-pair constitutes the target for a specified subunit base, it is important to designate the orientation of WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 that target base-pair such that the backbone attachment position of the base-pair-bound subunit base has a A
value less than 180°. To illust~.ate, a 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base having a backbone moiety 5 attached through the C4 of the t~iazine (Figure 3B) can bind to a U:A base-pair in an A conformation to give a 8 value of 28°. When this same suaunit base is hydrogen-bonded to that same base-pair in the base-pair's opposite orientation (ie., A:U), the 8 value for the subunit base 10 is 332° (ie., 360° - 28°). The convention used herein dictates that the target base-pair for this subunit base is U:A (where A is < 180°), and not A:U (where a is >
180°) .
Acceptable values of 1~, 8, and A for prospective 15 recognition moieties can be. readily obtained with CPK
molecular models (The Ealing Corp., South Natick, Mass., USA). More accurate value:a can be estimated by optimization of the hydrogean-bonding in the subunit base/base-pair triplex via a computer molecular mechanics 20 program, such as are available commercially. The subunit bases should be so selected that a given subunit set (the set of subunits used in assembly of a given polymer) all have R values within about 2 angstroms of each other, a values within about 20° of each other, and A values 25 within about 3 0 ° of each other .
In order for a subunit: base to have a high specificity for only one of the oriented base-pairs, it is important that the subunit base not be able to bind to a given base-pair in both orientations (e.g., G:C and 30 C:G) simply by rotation of the subunit base about its linkage to its backbone structure. Therefore, the earlier-described backbone attachment position or angle should be asymmetrical with. respect to the C1' positions of the target base-pair. Specifically, e, for the subunit ~1~-~9~v base should have a value greater than about 10°, or the attachment angle, A, for the subunit base should have a value greater than about 25°.
C. Bases Suitable for Bindincx Discrimination on the Basis of the Moiety at the 5 Position of the Pvrimidine of the Target Base-Pair Subunits have been devised which can be used to prepare a polymer which is capable of binding its duplex l0 target genetic sequence when said sequence contains a hydrogen at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of several specified base-pairs, but which is not capable of binding a corresponding duplex target genetic sequence when said sequence contains a methyl at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of said specified base-pairs.
One application of polymers having this methyl-discriminating property is the selective inactivation of duplex RNA sequences (e. g., the replicative intermediate of an RNA virus) without concomitant inactivation of a corresponding duplex DNA sequence (e. g., an identical sequence in a patient s inherent cellular DNA). Another application of such a methyl-discriminating polymer is for selective attack on a transcriptionall~~-active oncogene (containing clusters of CpG sequences in the transcriptional control region) in cancer cells, without concomitant attack on the corresponding transcriptionally-inactive proto-oncogene (containing clusters of 5mC:G sequences in the transcriptional control region) in normal cells.
The essential characteristic of these methyl-discriminating bases is that they contain a special discriminating moiety which is of the proper size and shape and is so positioned that when the base is hydrogen bonded to its target base-pair the discriminating moiety occupies a portion of that space which would be occupied WO 94/12517 21 ~9 7 6 5 pCT/LJS93/11377 by a methyl at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base--pair, but does not occupy that space which is occupied by a hydrogen at i:he 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair. As a consequence, such a methyl-discriminating base exhibits normal binding affinity for its non-methy7Lated target base-pair, but because of steric exclusion it exhibits substantially reduced binding affinity for its corresponding targ~a base-pair containing a methyl at the 5 position of the pyrimidine.
Figure 4 illustrates ~;uch methyl-discriminatory binding. Figure 4A shows the normal binding of such a base to its non-methylated target base-pair (C:G), snd Figure 4B sY.ows the substantial disruption of binding of the same base to its corresponding methylated target base-pair (SmC:G). Figure 4C illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, backbone attachment position, and position of the methyl-discriminating moiety, 1~, of preferred bases designad to bind their respective target base-pairs having a hydrogen at the 5 position of the py:rimidine, and designed not to bind their respective target base-pairs when said base-pairs have a methyl at the .5 position of the pyrimidine.
In regard to the 5-6-5 fused-ring bases (Structures i through vi of Figure 4C), in order to effectively restrict binding to their respective methylated target base-pairs, the Rd moiety should be larger than a hydrogen, oxygen, or fluorine. When Rd in these bases is a methyl it affords only a modest reduction in binding affinity of the bases for their methylated target base-pairs. Larger moieties, such as sulfur, chlorine, bromine, cyano, azido, and similar sized moieties, provide a greater disruption of binding to a methylated target base-pair, while sti7.1 affording effective binding ~ 94112517 PCT/US93/11377 to the corresponding non-methylated base-pair. Even better binding discrimination is afforded by difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl moieties, which still afford effective binding to the corresponding non-methylated base-pairs. In this regard,_the difluoromethyl moiety is preferred when the backbone linkage is on the rin3 containing the Rd moiety, as in structures iii and vi of Figure 4C, and the trifluoromethyl moiety is preferred when the backbone linkage is not on the ring containing the Rd moiety, as in structures i, ii, iv, and v of Figure 4C.
While still larger Rd moieties, such as isopropyl, t-butyl, dichloromethyl, and trichloromethyl, can also afford methyl-discriminatory binding, nevertheless, they are undesirable because they also interfere with effective stacking of contiguous bases of the polymer when said polymer is in position on its duplex target sequence.
In regard to the 6-5-5 fused-ring bases (Structures vii and viii of Figure 4C), in order to effectively restrict binding to their respective methylated base-pairs, the Rd moiety should be larger than a hydrogen.
When the methyl- discriminating moiety is oxygen, fluorine, or a methyl it affords substantial reduction of binding to the methylated target base-pair, while still affording good binding affinity to the non-methylated target base-pair. Larger R~ moieties on the 6-5-5 type bases are undesirable because they tend to compromise binding to the non-methylated target base-pairs.
Other Rd moieties can be selected to afford methyl-discriminatory binding for the above described bases.
Selection of these moieties can be based on the guidance presented above and other structure-function relationship analyses (e. g., Dehlinger, 1992).
A

WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93111377 D. Backbone Structure Constraints This section considers the backbone structure constraints for a selected ,subunit set. Principally, the subunit should be joinable in any selected order to other subunit structures via uncharged linkages having the general properties discussed in Section E below ("Intersubunit Linkages"). Further, the subunit backbone structures and linkages must provide proper spacing and allow correct orientation and positioning of their respective subunit bases four effective binding of the subunit bases to their respective oriented base-pairs in the target duplex sequence. .
A principal requirement:. for the subunit backbone structure and linkage is that it provide a means for joining the subunits in esscantially any specified order.
This requirement can be satisfied by structures containing either heterologous or homologous linking groups. Heterologous type backbone moieties contain a nucleophilic group (N) on one end and an electrophilic group (E) on the other end, as illustrated below.
N_______.E
The preferred functioned groups for the N component include primary and secondax-y amine, hydrazine, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, and hydroxylamine. The preferred functional groups for the E component include the following acids and derivatives thereof: carboxylic, thiocarboxylic, phosphoric, thiophosphoric, esters, thioesters, and amides of phosphoric and thi.ophosphoric, phosphonic and thiophosphonic, and sulfonic: acid. Other suitable E
groups include aldehyde, dia~ldehyde (or vicinal hydroxyls suitable for conversion to a~ dialdehyde), alkyl halide, and alkyl tosylate.

Homologous type backbone moieties can be of two types, one type having nucleophilic end groups and the other type having electrophilic end groups; or, a single homologous backbone moiety can be alternaiced with an 5 appropriate linker. These alternatives_are illustrated below:
N-------N alternated with E---~----E
N-------N alternated with E linker 10 N linker alternated with E-------E
Preferred functional groups for N and E are as in the heterologous backbone moieties. Preferred E linkers ir_clude carbonyl; thiocarbonyl; alkyl, ester, thioester, 15 and amide of phosphoryl and thiophosphoryl; phosphonyl and thiophosphonyl; sulfonyl; and, oxalic acid. A
preferred N linker is 1,2-Dimethylhydrazine.
The present invention contemplates a variety of both cyclic and acyclic backbone structures, a~ will be 20 illustrated in Figures 5-9 below. One limitation of acyclic backbone structures is that activation of the electrophilic linking groups preparatory to polymer assembly, can lead to varying amounts of undesired intramolecular attack on sites of the subunit base. By 25 contrast, with properly structured cyclic backbone moieties, the activated electrophile can be effectively isolated from reactive sites on the subunit base, thereby reducing unwanted intramolecular reactions.
However, use of aliphatic cyclic backbone moieties 30 does entail the presence of multiple chiral centers in each backbone structure. With proper selection of cyclic backbone structures, synthetic challenges associated with such multiple chiral centers can be largely circumvented, by utilizing readily available natural products for the backbone moiety or, preferably, for the entire subunit, or as a proximal precursor thereto.
This preference for backbone structures, or entire subunits, from natural sources reflects the difficulty, and corresponding greater eaxpense, of de novo preparation of aliphatic ring structursas having multiple chiral centers. - Accordingly,. preferred categories of cyclic backi~one moieties are those comprising, or readily derived from, deoxyribose or ribose. In addition, l0 certain other natural cyclic structures wherein a single enantiomer is available, oz- can be readily prepared or isolated, are also preferread. Figures 5A-5C illustrate exemplary cyclic backbone :structures comprising or derived from deoxyribosides or ribosides. R' in Figure 5 indicates H or alkyl, and Ft; indicates the subunit base, which, as seen, has the same S-orientation as natural nucleosides. Figures 6A-6F illustrate exemplary cyclic morpholino backbone structures derivable from ribosides, having either a ~i-orientation (Figures 6A-6C) or an a-orientation (Figures 6D-6F) for the 5'-methylene (numbered as in the parent ribose), again with a ~i orientation of the R; base. The synthesis of such subunits will be described below and in Examples 1-5.
Figures 7A-7F show representative types of acyclic backbone structures.
E. Intersubunit Linl~;ages This section considers several types and properties of intersubunit linkages u:~ed in linking subunits to form the polymer of the invention. First, the backbone is stable in neutral aqueous conditions. Since the binding polymers are designed for use under physiological condi-tions it is necessary that the intersubunit linkages be stable under said conditions. The linkages are also stable under those conditions required for polymer assem-bly, deprotection, and purification. To illustrate this stability requirement, an alkyl sulfonate (R-(SOZ)-O-CH2-R') is precluded because the resultant structure is unduly sensitive to nucleophilic attack on the CH2. Further, while carbonates (R-O-(C=O)-O-R') and esters (R-(C=O)-O-R') can be successfully prepared, their instability under physiological conditions renders them of little practical value.
l0 Secondly, the backbone is adaptable to a confor-mation suitable for target binding. If the intersubunit linkage is such that it exhibits specific rotational con-formations (as is the case for amides, thioamides, ureas, thioureas, carbamates, thiocarbamates, carbazates, hydrazides, thiohydrazides, sulfonamides, sulfamides, and sulfonylhydrazides) then it is important either that the rotomer compatible with target binding be the lowest energy conformation, or that the barrier to rotation between the conformations be relatively low (ie., that the conformations be _rapidly interchangeable at physiological temperatures). Thus, a secondary amide (N-alkyl amide, which prefers to adopt a traps conformation) would be acceptable if the traps conformation is suitable for pairing to the target duplex. By contrast, tertiary amides and related N,N-dialkyl structures generally have two approximately equal low energy confcrmations, and so to be useful in a binding polymer, the linkages should have a relatively low energy barrier to interconversion between the two 3 0 conf ormations .
The barrier to rotation between two conformers can be assessed by NMR essentially as follows: At a temperature where the two conformers are interconverting slowly relative to the NMR time scale (on the order of 10' 21 x!97 8 5 $ sec) two distinct signals are often seen, each representing a single conformer. As the Nl~t spectra are taken at progressively higher temperatures, the two conformer signals coalesce - indicating rapid interconversion. Thus, thEa coalescence_temperature (Tc) provides a useful measure of the rotational freedom of various linkage types. For example, N,N-dimethylformamide exhibits a Tc of about 114°C
(Bassindale, 1984) and con~:ormers of analogous tertiary amides have been found to interconvert slowly in biological macromolecules. By contrast, experiments performed in support of then present invention demonstrate that an N,N-dialkyl carbamate-containing structure exhibits a Tc just under 44°C indicating reasonable conformational freedom at physiological temperature.
An N,N-dialkylsulfinamide (which should have a rota-tional energy barrier simi:Lar to that of sulfonamide and related substances) has been reported to have a Tc lower than minus 60°C. Based on these considerations, backbone linkages containing N,N-dialkyl- type carbamats:, thiocarbamate, carbazate, and various amidates of phosphorous and sulfur are preferred, while N,N-dialkyl-type amide, thioamide, urea, thiourea, hydrazide, and thiohydrazide linkages are generally unacceptable.
Third, the backbone should be uncharged. For thera-peutic applications it is desirable to design these binding polymers so that they i) are not sequestered by the reticuloendothelial lining of the capillaries; ii) readily cross cell membranes; iii) are resistant to degradation by nucleases; and, iv) are not repelled by the high density of negative charge on the backbones o~
the target duplex. These design objectives are best achieved by using both intersubunit linkages and backbone A

WO 94/12517 PCTlUS93/11377 moieties which are largely uncharged (non-ionic) at physiological pH.
When the subunit bases are positioned on contiguous base-pairs of their target sequence via hydrogen-bonding, and if all recognition moieties of the.subunit set have well matched R, e, and A values, then the distance from the subunit base attachment position of one backbone ~uoiety to the attachment position of the next backbone moiety is the square root of the following formula:
(R sine (rot) ) 2 + (R cosine (rot) - R) Z + (rise) 2 where R is the distance from the helical axis to the center of the atom of the backbone moiety to which the subunit base is attached, rot is the axial rotation value for the target duplex (typically about 30° to 33° for an A-form duplex and 36° for a B-form duplex), and rise is the axial rise value for the target duplex (typically about 2.8 to 3.3 A for an A-form duplex and 3.4 A for a B-form duplex). It is this distance which must be spanned by the unit backbone length of the binding poly-mer, i.e., the length of one backbone structure plus the intersubunit linkage between backbone structures.
However, A-form (RNA/RNA and RNA/DNA duplexes) and H-form (DNA/DNA) target duplexes are both somewhat flexible.
Accordingly, these duplexes can generally accommodate binding polymers which have unit backbone lengths that are a fraction of an angstrom shorter or longer than the calculated length requirement. Further, DNA/DNA in a B
conformation can be converted to an A conformation under certain conditions.
In selecting a particular backbone structure, the following factors bear on the required length and so should be taken into consideration: first, any 21 ~c~'~ 6 5 conformational restrictions imposed by hindered rotations about bonds such as amide~~ and carbamates; second, when the subunit bases are in position on their target base-pairs, any steric interactions between these bases 5 and the target duplex, anf, between the_bases and the polymer backbone; third, s~teric interactions between different components of th.e backbone structure; ane fourth, for cyclic backbone moieties, favored conformations of the component ring structure of the 10 subunit backbone structures.
One way to determine whether or not a prospective polymer backbone is likely to be acceptable for use against a particular target conformation (e.g., A-form or B-form) is ~o assemble, with CPK molecular models, a 15 representative target genetic duplex in the desired conformation, with subunit bases H-bonded thereto. The prospective polymer backbone is then added to the model.
Criteria for the evaluation of backbone operability as a duplex bind~.ng polymer include the following: (i) the 20 prospective polymer backbone can be easily attached without having to adopt an energetically unfavorablA
conformation, and (ii) the attachment of the polymer.
backbone does not cause significant perturbation of the target structure, and if there are no unacceptable steric 25 interactions. Additional support for the suitability of a prospective backbone structure can be obtained by modeling the polymer/target triplex on a computer using a molecular mechanics program to obtain an optimized bonding structure via an energy minimization procedure.
30 Such modeling can help to identify significant unfavorable interactions (~e.g., dipole-dipole repulsions) that might be overlooked i.n the initial CPK modeling.
As noted above, such factors as R, e, and A values for the subunit bases of a given subunit set, and steric 35 and rotational constraints of particular subunit structures and intersubunit linkages, bear on how long a unit backbone must be in order to provide the correct spacing of subunit bases for binding to a target duplex in a given conformation. However, as a rule, subunit sets wherein the subunit bases of the set have R, values less than about 7 angstroms and a values clustered within about 15° of each other, and A values clustered within about 30° of each other, generally require a 4-atom or 5-atom unit-length acyclic-type backbone, such as shown in l0 Figures 8A-8C, or a 6-atom unit-length cyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figure 9A-9D, for binding to target duplexes in an A-type conformation.
Subunit base sets having Re values less than about 11 Angstroms, 6b values within about 15° of each other, and A
values clustered within about 30° of each other generally require a 6-atom unit-length acyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figures 8D-8F, or a 7-atom unit-length cyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figures 9E-9F, for binding to target duplexes in a B-type conformation.
However, it should be noted that DNA/DNA duplexes, which generally exist in a B conformation, can readily convert to an A conformation. Two such conditions which cause this B to A transition are high salt and low polarity solvent. It also appears that a B to A
conformational transition of the target duplex can be induced by duplex-directed binding polymers having backbone unit-lengths shorter than optimal for binding to a B-form duplex. However, such conformation transitions incur a cost in free energy of binding, and so, to compensate, the binding polymer's affinity for its target is increased accordingly. Because of the feasibility of this B to A conformational transition of target duplexes, for some applications the shorter unit-length backbones suitable for A-form target duplexes can also be used for 2149'~fi~

targeting genetic sequences which exist normally in a B
conformation .
F. Subunit Sets Subunits of a set can be assembled_in any desired order for targeting a selecaed duplex sequence when (i) the subunit bases of a set have acceptably matched R, e, and A values, (ii) subunit backbone structures are identical or similar in length and (iii) identical or similar subunit base attacr~ment positions and orientations are used for sill subunits of the set.
Each subunit of such a matched set consists of a subunit base linked at a standard position to a standard-length backbone structure. The subunit base of each subunit of the set has an R, A, and A value closely matched to the R, 8, and A values of the subunit bases of the other subunits of that set.
According to one feature of the present invention, the polymer subunits in a s,et contain at least two different subunit types, each specific for a different oriented base-pair. Specifically, the base of each of at least two different subunit.s of the set is effective to form at least two hydrogen bonds with the major-groove sites of its respective target base-pair, where one of those hydrogen bonds is to the purine N7 nitrogen of the target base-pair, as discussed above.
Other subunit or other sub~inits in the set may bind, but are not required to bind, with high specificity to oriented base-pairs in the target sequence. Thus, another subunit of the set may bind satisfactorily to two different oriented base-pairs, as will be seen below.
Such low-specificity or non-specific subunits serve to provide (a) required spacing between high-specificity subunits in the polymer and (b) contribute to stacking ~1 ~~'~'~~

interactions between the planar bases in the poly-m~r/duplex complex.
In addition, the subunits in the polymer provide high-specificity base binding to at least about 70% of t:~e oriented base-pairs in the target sequence. Thus, wzere a subunit set includes only two high-specificity bases, the target duplex sequence contain at least 70%
criented base-pairs which are specifically bound by those tao high-specificity bases .
1. Basic Subunit Set for C:G and T:A or U:A
Oriented Base-pairs. The most basic subunit set is suitable for targeting duplex genetic sequences containing only C:G and T:A or U:A oriented base-pairs.
The first member of this basic subunit set is a high-specificity subunit containing a guanine, 6-thioguanine, or analog thereof, subunit base effective to hydrogen bond specifically to a C:G oriented base-pair.
As illustrated in Figure 10A, guanine (or 6-thioguanine) forms three hydrogen bonds to the polar major-groove sites of a C:G oriented base-pair, including the guanine N7 of that target base-pair. The subunit may be formed with any of a variety of deoxyribose, ribose or morpholino backbone structures, with the base attached to the backbone structure in the ~i-stereochemical orientation, as illustrated in Example 2.
The second member of the basic set is a high-specificity subunit containing a 2,6-diaminopurine, or analog thereof, subunit base effective to hydrogen bond specifically to a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair. As illustrated in Figure lOB, the 2,6-diaminopurine base forms three hydrogen bonds to the polar major-groove sites of a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, including the adenine N7 of that target base-pair. As with the guanine subunits, a variety of diaminopurine subunits, and analogs thereof, with deoxyribose, ribose and morpholino backbone structures, and having the desired (3-stereochemical attachment of the base to the backbone structure, can be prepared :by modifications of available nucleosides, also as illustrated in Example 2.
CPK molecular modeling showed that the guanine and diaminopurine moieties should effectively and specifically bind their target base-pairs. Additional support for this major-groove hydrogen-bonding mode was obtained from a best fit analysis carried out for these two trimolecular complexes, C:G:G and U:A:D. Voet and Rich (1970) tabulate the lengths and angles of hydrogen-bonds from x-ray diffraction studies of crystalline complexes of purines and pyrimidines. In those tabulations NH:N bonds range in length from 2.75 A to 3.15 A and their angles range from 115° to 145°. NH:O
bonds range in length from :?.60 A to 3.20 A and their angles range from 110° to 145°.
In the best fit calculations, structural parameters used for the purines and pyrimidines in the Watson-Crick base-pairs are those given by Rich and Seeman (1975).
Those parameters were obtained from x-ray diffraction of ApU and GpC crystals (right handed anti-parallel Watson-Crick) which were solved at atomic resolution. The guanine structural parameters referenced above were also used for the subunit base in Figure 10A. The 2,6-diaminopurine subunit base of Figure lOB was assumed to have structural parameters essentially identical to those of 9-ethyl-2,6-diaminopurins: obtained from x-ray diffraction studies of crystalline trimolecular complexes of 9-ethyl-2,6-diaminopurine hydrogen-bonded to two 1-methylthymines (one thymine bonded in the Watson-Crick mode and the other thymine bonded in the reverse-Hoogsteen mode) as reported by Sakore et a1. (1969).

WO 94!12517 PCT/US93/11377 ~,1 ~9~ 65 To simplify the analysis, the approximation was made that all atoms are in the same plane. Table 4 gives the results of this analysis. In this table the standard purine and pyrimidine numbering system is used 5 throughout, subunit base-G stands for the subunit base of Figure l0A (guanine) and subunit base-D for t he subunit base of Figure lOB (2,6-diaminopurine). Angl es are measured as in Voet and Rich (1970).

10 Table 4 Guanine subunit base H-bonded to a C:G base-pair W/C hydrogen-bonds angle length 02(C):NH2(G) 125 3.17 A

N3(C):NH1(G) 119 2.95 A

15 NH4(C):06(G) 129 2.63 A

Maior-Groove hydrog~en-bonds angle lenctth NH2(subunit base-G):N7(G) 140 3.12 A

NH1(subunit base-G):06(G) 115 2.74 A

20 06(subunit base-G):NH4(C) 143 2.63 A

Diaminopurine subunit base H-bonded to a U:A base pair W/C hydrogen-bonds angle length NH3(U):N1(A) 119 2.98 A

25 04(U):NH6(A) 126 2.71 A

Major-Groove hydrocren-bonds angle length NH2(subunit base-D):N7(A) 137 2.85 A

N1(subunit base-D):NH6(A) 139 2.95 A

NH6(subunit base-D):04(U) 132 3.00 A

As can be seen from this table, all hydrogen-bond angles and lengths in the subunit base/base-pair complexes fall within established angle and length limits for hydrogen-bonds.

WO 94/12517 214-9 1~ ~ ~ pCT~S93/11377 A practical difficulty one encounters with polymers consisting of all or nearly all guanine and diaminopurine bases is that in neutral aqueous solution they undergo self aggregation, which renders them less available for binding their selected duplex target sequences. This self aggregation probably :involves tetramer formation wherein the guanine bases are hydrogen bonded by the mode illustrated in Figure lOC, and she diaminopurine bases may be hydrogen bonded by i:he mode illustrated in Figure lOD.
This self aggregation problem can be alleviated by replacing some of the guanine and/or diaminopurine bases (preferably at least 20%) with guanine and/or diaminopurine analogs which do not have a hydrogen bond acceptor site at the 7 position. This can be achieved in a variety of ways, including the use of a carbon (as in 7-deazaguanine-containing subunits; Seela 1981; Winkeler 1983) or a methylated nitrogen at the 7 position of the guanine and/or diaminopurine base. Several preferred guanine analogs which lack a hydrogen bond acceptor site at the 7 position are shown in Figure 10E. Related diaminopurine analogs also serve to prevent self aggregation.
2. Spacer Subunits for A:T and G:C Oriented Base-pairs. The basic "guanine plus diaminopurine"
subunit set can be easily prepared from guanosine, or deoxyguanosine, and from analogs thereof lacking a hydrogen bond acceptor site: at the 7 position, such as 7-deazaguanosine. However, binding polymers assembled from only these two subunits, and targeted against sequences of at least 16 contiguous base-pairs, are expected to have targets in only large viruses having genome sizes on the order of 65,000 base-pairs or greater.

WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93111377 However, it is desirable to have binding polymers which can be targeted against a much broader range of viruses, including even small viruses, such as Hepatitis B which has a genome size of only 3,200 base-pairs. One effective approach to extending the targeting range of these binding polymers is to target sequences composed Predominantly (at least about 70%) of target base-pairs far the guanine and diaminopurine (and analogs thereof) high-specificity subunit bases (ie., oriented base-pairs C:G and T:A or U:A). The remaining base-pairs in the target sequence (i.e., no more than about 30% G:C and/or A:T or A:U) can then be accommodated by low-specificity "spacer" bases in the binding polymer, which serve primarily to provide continuity of stacking interactions between the contiguous subunit bases of the binding poly-mer when that polymer is in position on its target duplex.
Thus, in one embodiment, a polymer assembled from the basic subunit set, described in Section F1, additionally includes one or more low-specificity spacer subunit bases.
When the binding polymer is in position on its target duplex, with the subunit bases stacked, the spacer subunit bases (which are not necessarily hydrogen-bonded to their respective base-pairs) should have R, A, and A
values which can closely match the R, 8, and A values of the high-specificity subunit bases. Specifically, for the full subunit set, the R values should all be within about 2 ~, 8 values should all be within about 20°, and A
values should all be within about 30°. Preferably, the spacer subunit bases should also provide modest hydrogen-bonding to their respective target base-pairs so as to make some contribution to target binding specificity and affinity.

WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 Where the target sequence contains a G:C oriented base-pair, one preferred spacer subunit in the subunit set contains a cytosine base, which can hydrogen-bond weakly to G:C and to T:A oriented base-pairs. Figure 11A
shows cytosine hydrogen bonded to the major-groove sites of a G:C base-pair, and Figure 11B shows cytosine hydrogen banded to a T:A base-pair. In neither case does this include a hydrogen bond to the N7 of the puriae of a target base-pair.
Where the target sequence contains an A:T or ~~:U
oriented base-pair, one preferred spacer subunit in the subunit set contains a uracil (or thymine) base, which can hydrogen-bond weakly to A:T and to C:G oriented base-pairs. Figure 12A shows u:racil hydrogen bonded to the major-groove sites of an A:T base-pair, and Figure 12B
shows uracil hydrogen bonded to a C:G base-pair. As with the cytosine spacer, neither of these hydrogen bonding interactions involve the N'7 of the purine of a target base-pair.
Although these two su:bunit spacer bases provide only low-specificity and low affinity binding to their target base-pairs, nonetheless: i) they effectively provic?e for continuity of subunit base stacking in the target-bound binding polymer; ii) they have R, 8, and A values which are acceptably matched with the R, 8, and A values of the high-specificity guanine and diaminopurine subunit bases of the subunit set; and ii:i) the spacer subunits, er close precursors thereto, are commercially available and relatively inexpensive.
Syntheses of subunit Nets containing the four subunit bases guanine, diaminopurine, cytosine, and uracil (or thymine), and having various deoxyribose, ribose and morpholino backbone structures, are described in Example 2. The sets de:acribed in the example have the following backbone structures:

i A. 2'-deoxyribose, seen in Figure 5A, Example 2A;

B. 2'-O-methylribose, seen in Figure 5B (R =

methyl), Example 2B;

C. morpholino, seen in Figure 6A, Example 2C;

D. N-carboxymethylmorpholino-5'-amino, seen in Figure 6 C, Example 2D;

E. N-carboxymethylmorpholino-(alpha)5'-amino, seen generall y in Figure 6F, Example 2E;

F. ribose with 5'carbazate, seen in Figure 5C, Example 2F;

G. ribose with 5'sulfonylhydrazide, seen in Figure 5C, but where the carbonyl group is replaced by a sulfonyl group, Example 2G;

H. ribose with 5'glycinamide, seen in Figure 5C, but wher e the OCONHNHZ group is replaced by NHCOCHZNH2, Example 2H; and, I. ribose with 5'(aminomethyl)(ethyl)phosphate, seen in Figure 5C, but where the OCONHNHZ group is replaced by OPOZEtCHZNHz, Example 2I.

Table 5 shows the base-pair specificities and approximate R, 8, and A values for the subunit bases of this gua nine, diaminopurine, cytosine, and uracil (or thymine) subunit set.

Table 5 Subunit Base Base-pair Specificity R, 6, A

G C:G 5.8 A 33 60 D T:A 5.6 A 32 60 C G:C & T:A 4.8 A 38 50 U A:T & C:G 4.8 A 38 50 Binding polymers prepared with the above G, D, C and U or T subunit set also have the potential to bind to single-stranded genetic sequences. Specifically, the 219~976.~
WO 94/12517 PCTlUS93111377 polymer will be able to bind in a Watson/Crick pairing mode to a single-stranded polynucleotide of the appropriate base sequence.
Since the spacer subun:its, C and U or T, in the 5 polymer are degenerate in banding specificity, at least two of these low-specificity spacer subunits are required to provide a level of target= specificity equivalent to that provided by one high-specificity subunit. Thus, a binding polymer containing .l6 high-specificity subunit 10 bases provides about the same level of target specificity as a binding polymer containing 12 high-specificity subunit bases and 8 low-specificity spacer subunit bases.
3. Subunit Set w~.th a Tautomeric Subunit 15 Specific for A:T and G:C Oriented Base-pairs. In another embodiment, the "guanine plus diaminopurine"
subunit set described in Secaion F1 includes an additional subunit having a tautomeric subunit base capable of hydrogen bonding to either G:C or A:T oriented 20 base-pairs. A generalized ~~keletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of one preferred base type is shown in Figure 13A, where ~:1 is H or NH2; Xz is H, F, or C1; and B indicates the polymer backbone. Figures 13H-13D show three preferred embodiments of this tautomeric 25 base, as discussed further below.
The hydrogen bonding to target base-pairs by different tautomeric fonas of the base from Figure 13D is shown in Figures 14A and 14H~ for G:C and A:T oriented base-pairs, respectively. A.s seen from Figure 14, Xz can 30 be hydrogen-bond acceptor when the tautomer is hydrogen bonded to a G:C base-pair, to provide three hydrogen bonds to the base-pair. Similarly, X1 can be a hydrogen-bond donor when the tautomer is hydrogen bonded to an A:T

r ~~ ) 94/12517 PCT/US93/11377 base-pair, to provide three hydrogen bonds to the base-pair.
Table 6 shows the base-pair specif icities and approximate R, 8, and A values for the subunit bases of the guanine, diaminopurine, and the subunit base of Figure 14:
Table 6 3ubunit Base Base-pair Specificity R, 6, A
G C:G 5.8 A 33° 60°
D T:A 5.6 A 32° 60°
Tautomeric Base G:C & A:T 6.3 A 36° 55°
of Figure 13B
The syntheses of a number of specific embodiments of a tautomeric subunit are described in Example 3. The synthesis of the structures seen in Figure 13B and 13C
are described in Example 3A for the 2'deoxyribose backbone structure; in Example 3B for the 2'O-methylribose backbone; and in Example 3C for the morpholino backbone.
4. Subunit Set with Hicrh-Specif icity Subunits for A-T and G:C Oriented Base-pairs. In another embodiment, the "guanine plus diaminopurine" subunit set described in Section F-1 includes an additional subunit whose base is specific for hydrogen bonding to a G:C
oriented base-pair, or an additional subunit whose base is specific for hydrogen bonding to an A:T (or A:U) oriented base-pair, or the set includes two additional subunits whose bases are specific for hydrogen bonding to a G:C oriented base-pair and to an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, respectively.
Figure 15A shows the skeletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of a general type of base effective to bind a G:C oriented base-pair. Three ~1~9?'6'S

preferred embodiments of this structure type are shown Figures 15B-15D. Figure 16 shows the structure in Figure 15D hydrogEn-bonded to its G:C target base-pair. As seen from Figure 15A and Figure 16, the XZ position in the Figure 15A structure may be a hydrogen bond acceptor, e.g., 0, for forming three .hydrogen bonds between the base and its target G:C base-pair.
Syntheses for subunits having a morpholino backbone structure and the G:C-specific bases of Figures 15b and 15C are described in Example 4D.
Figure 17A shows the skeletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of another general type of base .
effective to bind a G:C oriented base-pair. A preferred embodiment of this structure type hydrogen-bonded to its G:C target base-pair is shown in Figure 17C.
Synthesis of a subunit having a morpholino backbone structure and the G:C-specific base of Figure 17B is described in Example 4D.
Figure 18A shows the skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of still another general type of base effective to bind a G:C oriented base-pair. Se~reral preferred embodiments of this structure are shown in Figures 18B - 18D. Figure 19 shows one embodiment of the 18A structure (18B) hydrogen bonded to its G:C target base-pair.
Synthesis of a subunit having a morpholino backbone structure and the G:C-specif:ic base of Figure 18B is described in Example 4D.
Figure 20A shows the sh:eletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a general type of base effective to bind an A:T or A:U
oriented base-pair. Three preferred embodiments of this structure type are shown in Figures 20B-20D. Figure 21 shows the structure in Figure 20D hydrogen-bonded to its A:T target base-pair.
Syntheses for sv.bunits having a morpholino backbone structure and the A:T or A:U-specific bases of Figures 20B and 20C are described in Example 4C.
Figure 22A shows the skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of still another general type of base effective to bind an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair. Several preferred embodiments of this structure are shown in Figures 22B -22D. Figure 23 shows one embodiment of the 22A structure (22B) hydrogen bonded to its A:T target base-pair.
Synthesis of a subunit having a morpholino backbone structure and the A:T-specific base of Figure 22B is described in Example 4C.
The subunits described in this section whose bases are specific for G:C, A:T and A:U oriented base-pairs, with the guanine and diaminopurine subunits described in Section F1, provide a complete set of subunits providing high-specificity hydrogen bonding for each of the four possible oriented base-pairs in duplex nucleic acids. A
subunit set formed in accordance with one aspect of the invention may include any three of these high-specificity subunits effective to bind to three different oriented base-pairs in a duplex target sequence. For example, in a target sequence containing T:A, C:G, and G:C base-pairs, the selected subunit set would include three different subunits containing a common or similar backbone structure and diaminopurine, guanine (or thioguanine), and one of the above G:C-specific bases. A
subunit set suitable for a target sequence containing all four oriented base-pairs would additionally include a subunit whose base is one of the above high-specificity bases far an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair.

a.... I

~149'~65 Table 7 shows the base-pair specificities and appro-ximate Re, and values for the subunit bases 6b, A

compris ing diaminopurine, and the high-guanine, specifi city Figures 15, 17A, 17B, 18,20, and bases of 22.

'Cable 7 Subunit Base Base-pair Rt, 6~ A
Specf icity G C::G 10.0 A 19 60 D ~':A 9.9 A 19 60 Base of Fig. 15 G.: C 10 A 22 55 .

Base of Fig. 17A G.: C 8 A 19 50 .

Base of Fig. 17B A:T 8.8 A 19 50 Base of Fig. 18 G:C 9.3 A 21 40 Base of Fig. 20 1?,:T 10.3 A 20 55 Base of Fig. 22 F,:T 9.3 A 21 40 This table illustrates the general suitability of this set of bases in regard to R, A, and A values.
5. Hiah-Soecifi.citv Subunit Set with Replace-ments for Guanine and Diam~inon~.~rine. When guanine and diaminopurine bases are hydrogEn bonded to the polar major-groove sites of their respective target base-pairs in a duplex DNA sequence existing in a B conformation, those two bases afford less than optimal stacking interactions between contiguous bases of the binding polymer. Since stacking interactions generally contribute significantly to the binding affinity of these polymers for their duplex genetic targets, use of bases affording improved stacking interactions can yield polymers with greater target binding affinities.
Accordingly, in another embodiment, the binding polymer includes one or more subunits having bases which are specific for C:G and/or T:A or U:A which provide 21~~s5 better stacking interactions than afforded by guanine and/or diaminopurine, particularly when the polymer is bound to its target genetic duplex in a B or B-like conformation.
5 One preferred subunit set which can be used to prepare polymers with improved stacking interactions when targeted against B-form genetic duplexes includes two or more su~;units selected from the following: a G:C-specific base illustrated in Figure 18; an A:T or A:U-specific 10 base illustrated in Figure 22; plus an additional acceptably matched (with respect to R, 8, and A values) subunit whose base is specific for hydrogen bonding to a C:G oriented base-pair and which affords better stacking interactions than guanine; and, an additional acceptably 15 matched subunit whose base is specific for hydrogen bonding to an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair and which affords better stacking interactions than diaminopurine.
Figure 24A illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone 20 attachment position of such an acceptably matched base designed for binding to a C:G oriented base-pair, and Figure 24C illustrates a specific embodiment of ~he 24A
structure. Figure 24B illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone 25 attachment position of a related base also designed for binding to a C:G oriented base-pair, and Figure 24D
illustrates a specific embodiment of the 24B structure.
Synthesis of subunits having a morpholino backbone structure and the C:G-specific bases of Figure 24C and 30 24D are described in Example 4A.
Figure 25 shows the hydrogen bonding of the 24C
structure to a C:G oriented base-pair.
Figure 26A illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone 35 attachment position of such an acceptably matched base 2149 ~~65 designed for binding to a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, and Figure 26C and 26D illustrate two specific embodiments of the 26A structure. Figure 26B illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position_of a related base.
also designed for binding t:o a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, and Figure 26E illustrates a specific embodiment of the 26B structure.
Synthesis of subunits having a morpholino backbone structure and the T:A or U:A-specific bases of Figure 26D
and 26E are described in Example 4B.
Figure 27 shows the hydrogen bonding of the 26C
structure to a T:A oriented, base-pair.
The subunits described. in this section provide a complete set of subunits affording high-specificity hydrogen bonding for each of the four possible oriented base-pairs in duplex nucleic acids, as well as improved stacking interactions between contiguous bases when the binding polymer is in position on its target genetic duplex, especially when that target duplex is in a B or B-like conformation.
Binding polymers containing subunits of this set may also include one or more guanine and/or diaminopurine bases, or analogs thereof.
Table 8 shows the base-pair specificities and approximate Re, 66, and A values for the subunit bases comprising guanine, diaminopurine, and the bases of Figures 18, 22, 24, and 26.

2149~fi~

Table 8 Subunit Base Base-pair Spacificity R~ At A
G C:G 10.0 A 19° 60°
Base of Fig. 24 C:G 9.6 A 16° 50°
D T:A 9.9 A 19° 60°
Base of Fig. 26 T:A 9.6 A 15° 50°
Base of Fig. 18 G:C 9.3 A 21° 40°
Base of Fig. 22 A:T 9.3 A 21° 40°
6. Additional Hicth-Specificity Subunit Set with Replacements for Guanine and Diaminopurine. Another preferred subunit set which can be used to prepare polymers with improved stacking interactions when targeted against H-form genetic duplexes includes the following.
Figure 28A illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, and Figure 28B illustrates a specific embodiment of the 28A structure.
Synthesis of a subunit having a morpholino backbone structure and the T:A or U:A-specific base of Figure 28B
is described in Example 4B.
Figure 29A illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a C:G oriented base-pair, and Figure 29B illustrates a specific embodiment of the 29A structure.
Synthesis of a subunit having a morpholino backbone structure and the C:G-specific base of Figure 29B is described in Example 4A.
Figure 30A illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of such an acceptably matched base designed for binding to a A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, and Figures 30C - 30E illustrate three specific embodiments of the 30A structure. Figure 3oB illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a related base also designed for binding to a A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, and Figure 30F illustrates a specific embodiment of the 30B structure.
Synthesis of subunits having a morpholino backbone structure and the A:T or A:U-specific bases of Figures 30C and 30F are described in Example 4C.
Figure 31A illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of such an acceptably matched base designed for binding to a G:C oriented base-pair, and Figure 31C illustrates a specific embodiment of the 31A
structure. Figure 31B illu~~trates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a related base also designed for binding to a G:C oriented base-pair, and Figure 31D
illustrates a specific embodiment of the 31B structure.
Synthesis of subunits raving a morpholino backbone structure and the G:C-specific bases of Figures 31C and 31D are described in Example: 4D.
Figure 32 illustrates binding of representative bases from this subunit set to their respective target base-pairs, including: the figure 28B structure hydrogen bonded to a U:A oriented base-pair; the Figure 29B
structure hydrogen bonded to a C:G oriented base-pair;
the Figure 30D structure hydrogen bonded to an A:T
oriented base-pair; and, the Figure 31C structure hydrogen bonded to a G:C oriented base-pair.
The subunits described in this section provide a complete set of subunits affording high-specificity hydrogen bonding for each of the four possible oriented WO 94/12517 _ ~ ~ ~~ ~ PCT/US93/11377 base-pairs in duplex nucleic acids, as well as improved stacking interactions between contiguous bases when the binding polymer is in position on its target genetic duplex, especially when that target duplex is in a B or B-like conformation.
Table 9 shows the base-pair specificities and approxiaate R~, 8b, and A values for the subunit bases comprising the bases of figures 28, 29, 30, and 31.
Table 9 Subunit Base Base-hair Specificity R,, 6,, A
Base of Fig. 28 U:A 9.0 A 6° 20°
Base of Fig. 29 C:G 9.0 A 7° 20°
Base of Fig. 30 A:T 9.8 A 4° 20°
Base of Fig. 31 G:C 9.8 A 5° 20°
II. Polymer Preparation This section describes assembly of the subunits, described above, into a sequence-specific duplex-binding polymer.
A. Polymer Sequence and Length One use of the polymers of the present invention is to bind to and inactivate a target duplex sequence, such as a sequence essential for pathogenicity of a disease causing agent, without inactivating normal host genetic sequences. Thus, the sequence information recognized by the polymer should distinguish the pathogen sequence from normal host sequences.
An estimate of the amount of sequence information which a duplex nucleic acid-binding polymer should recognize in a disease-specific sequence in order to avoid concomitant attack on normal cellular sequences can be calculated as follows. The human genome contains ''~' O 94/12517 PCT/US93111377 roughly 3 billion base-pairs of unique-sequence DNA. For a gene-inactivating agent to have an expectation of having no fortuitous target sequences in a cellular pool of 3 billion base-pairs of unique sequence genetic 5 material, it should recognize at least n base-pairs in its target, where n is calculated as 4° = 3 x 109. This calculation gives an expected minimal target recognition sequence of approximately 16 base-pairs. Accordingly, a gene-inactivating polymer recognizing in excess of 16 10 base-pairs in its target sequence has a low ,likelihood of having no fortuitous targets in the cellular pool of inherent DNA. Obviously as the number of base-pairs recognized in the target sequence increases over this value the probability that 'the polymer will attack 15 inherent cellular sequences continues to decrease: as the number of base-pairs recognized by the gene-inactivating polymer increases linearly, this "safety factor"
increases exponentially.
To illustrate, Table 8 tabulates the number of base-20 pairs recognized in a target sequence and the corresponding expected number of fortuitous targets in a pool of 3 billion base-paira of unique-sequence genetic material.
Table 10 25 Number of base=pairs Expected number of fortuitous recoanized in tarcret duplex targets in human Qenome 8 45,776 10 2,861 30 14 11.2 16 0.7 18 0.044 20 0.0027 A
21~.g~ 65 The numbers in Table 10 indicate that in order to achieve specificity for a pathogen or pathogenic state, a binding agent targeted to d.vplex nucleic acids should recognize at least 16, and preferably 18 or more base-s pairs of the target sequencE, to avoid fortuitous sequence binding.
In addition to target sequence length, it is important to consider how many of the four possible oriented base-pairs in duplex nucleic acids (ie., A:T, C:G, G:C, and T:A) must be specifically recognized by the polymer bases in order to allow practical targeting of various viral pathogens. Table 9 shows the approximate number of targets expected in a relatively small viral genome (about the size of tre HIV provirus) as a function of the number of different base-pair-binding specificities in a 16-subunit polymer. The values in the table were calculated on the assumption that the purine to pyrimidine ratio in a given strand of the pathogen's genome is approximately 1.0 and that the bases are effectively in a random order.
Table il Number of base fair-bindin~3 Expected number of continuous specificitiea in subunit suet 16-base-pair targets in a 2 5 10.000 base-pair viral aenome 1 0.000002 2 0.15 4 10,000 The tabulated values demonstrate that, typically, homopolymers (i.e., polymers assembled from subunits having specificity for just. one oriented base-pair) are unlikely to have targets in. natural duplex genetic sequences. Copolymers of t.wo subunit types, with specificities for only two of the four oriented base-21 ~9 7~5 pairs, are expected to have contiguous 16-base-pair targets in large viruses, such as Herpes Simplex Virus I.
In contrast, binding polymers assembled from subunit sets having specificities for three or four of the oriented base-pairs have an adequate number of targets in even the smallest DNA viruses (e. g., Hepatitis B with a genome size of only 3200 base-pairs).
As described in Section I, the b4sic two-subunit set formed in accordance with the present invention includes two subunits which are specific for two different oriented base-pairs, C:G and T:A or U:A. To increase targeting versatility, polymers can be assembled from an expanded subunit set which includes one or two spacer subunits in addition to the specific subunits.
Polymers can be assembled from the basic two-subunit set plus an additional semi-specific subunit whose base is capable of hydrogen bonding to either of two different oriented base-pairs (for example, the base of Figure 13 with A:T or A:U and G:C). As noted above, this semi-specific subunit base recognizes only half the sequence information recognized by a high-specificity subunit base, and thus its use requires a correspondingly longer polymer in order to achieve adequate specificity for its target.
Further, polymers can be assembled from three or four different subunits whose high-specificity bases are each capable of hydrogen bonding to just one of the four oriented base-pairs. Such a subunit set containing sub-unit bases specific for each of the four possible oriented base-pairs allows construction of a polymer tar-getable against essentially any desired duplex genetic sequence.
Still another embodiment comprises polymers containing special methyl-discriminating subunits. The moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of base-pairs 21 497gg in duplex nucleic acids pravides an exploitable structural difference that yields an additional level of targeting specificity. For example, (i) duplex DNA
contains a methyl at the 5 position of thymine in A:T and T:A base-pairs, while duplex RNA lacks a methyl at the corresponding position of uracil in A:U and U:A base-pairs, and (ii) clusters of 5'-CpG sequences in-the control regions of transcriptionally-inactive g~:nes contain methyls at the 5 position of the cytosines, l0 whereas corresponding transcriptionally-active genes generally lack methyls at the 5 position of these cytosines. The moiety at the 5 position of pyrimidines in duplex nucleic acids has been exploited for target discrimination in nature, for example, the control of cleavage by restriction nucleases in bacteria. The polymers of the present invention (see Section I-C) provides a means to exploit these structural differences to provide a new level of duplex target discrimination.
Such polymers provide an additional level of target discrimination by affording effective binding only to duplex target sequences containing a hydrogen at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of specified base-pairs in the target sequence.
B. Subunit Activation and Polymer Assembly The subunits, prepared as in Examples 1 - 5, can be activated and then coupled in a controlled sequential manner to give the desired binding polymer.
Representative polymer assembly procedures for deoxyribose-containing and 2'-O-methylribose-containing subunits are described in Example 6. Representative activation procedures for morpholino-containing subunits are described in Example 7; Example 8 describes an exemplary procedure for assembling these activated subunits via solid-phase stepwise addition to give the 21~97fi~

desired binding polymers; and, Example 9 describes their purification. Figure 33 illustrates one subunit addition cycle of this stepwise assembly procedure using a representative morpholino subunit prepared as in Example 2C and activated as in Example 7A.
Figures 34 and 35 illustrate four-subunit-long segments of repre~.entative polymers assembled from the subunit set described in Section 5. I. F4, prepared as in Example 4, and activated as in Example 7A.
Figure 36 illustrates a 4-subunit-long segment of a representative polymer assembled from the subunit set described in Section F-5, prepared as in Example 4, and activated as in Example 7A.
Figure 37 illustrates a 4-subunit-long segment of a corresponding polymer containing two methyl-discriminating subunits which afford binding to an RNA/RNA target sequence, but preclude binding to a corresponding DNA/DNA target sequence.
Figure 38 illustrates a 4-subunit-long segment of a representative polymer assembled from the subunit set described in Section F-5, containing a 7-atom unit-length backbone suitable for binding a target duplex in the B
conformation, and further containing two methyl-discriminating subunits which afford binding to a target sequence containing a CpG/GpC subsequence, but which preclude binding to a corresponding (5mC)pG/Gp(5mC) subsequence.
C. Novel Polymer Assembly Comprisin Oxidation/Ring Closure/Reduction In addition to the above, the following exemplary coupling procedure can also be used for assembling the desired nucleic acids binding polymers (Figure 39). This assembly procedure involves: (i) providing a subunit, or block of linked subunits, which contains vicinyl WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 ~I4~97~~
~0 aliphatic hydroxyls, but no free primary amine (e. g., structure 1 of Figure 39), (ii) oxidizing those vicinyl hydroxyls to give a dialdehyde component (e. g., structure 2 of Figure 39), (iii) providing a subunit, or block of subunits, which contains a free primary_aliphatic amine (e.g., structure 3 of Figure 39, and subunits prepared as in Examples 2F - 2I), (iv) contacting the dialdehyde component with the primary 4mine component to effect coupling of the two components via formation of a cyclic morpholino structure having hydroxyls on the carbons adjacent to the morpholino nitrogen (e.g., structure 4 of Figure 39), and, (v) during or after the coupling reaction, or after completion of polymer assembly, adding a reducing agent to remove the hydroxyls on the carbons adjacent to the morpholino nitrogen, to give the desired morpholino ring structure (e. g., structure 5 of Figure 39) .
The vicinyl-hydroxyl-containing moiety can be other than ribose, such as galactese or glucose. Further, this coupling method can be used in either a solution-phase or a solid-phase mode for polymer assembly. Also, the oxidation step and the subse3uent coupling step are preferably carried out in alcohol or water or a mixture thereof, and at a pH near neutrality. Although the reduction can be carried out during or after the coupling, best results are obtained when reducing agent, e.g., NaCNBH4, is present during the coupling step.
Complete reduction and disruption of borate complexes (generated when NaCNBH4 is used for the reduction) is best achieved by a final acidic wash having a pH in the range of 3 to 5 - which can be carried out after each coupling, or after all couplings are completed.

"~'7 94112517 PCT/US93111377 Example 10 describes a representative application of this "oxidation/ring closure/reduction" coupling method for stepwise solid-phase assembly of 3 binding polymer.
D. Polymer Modifications If it is necessary or desirable, the solubility of . the polymer can be enhanced by additi4n of a hydrophilic moiety, such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) chain. This can be accomplished, according to one approach, by deprotecting the polymer terminus, and reacting the poly-mer with excess of activated hydrophilic compound, e.g., PEG activated by bis(p-nitrophenyl)carbonate. Thereafter the binding polymer is cleaved from the synthesis support and treated with ammonium hydroxide to remove the base-protecting groups, and then purified, preferably by ion exchange chromatography at pH 10.5. One preferred hydrophilic molecule is PEG having an average molecular weight of about 1000 daltons (commercially available from Polysciences, Inc. and Aldrich Chem. Co.).

For some applications it may be desirable to modify the polymer to favor its cellular uptake via endocytosis.

This may be done, for example, by der~vatizing the poly-mer with a polycationic molecule, such as polylysine.

Coupling of such a polycationic molecule containing one or more primary amine moieties, may be accomplished by reacting the base-protected polymer with a bifunctional coupling agent, such as disuccinimidyl suberate, or other commercially available agent (e. g., Pierce Chemical Company) and then adding the amine-containing - 30 polycationic molecule.

Where the polymer molecules are to be attached to a solid support, e.g., in a diagnostic system, the terminal N-protective group can be cleaved (leaving the bases still in the protected state) and reacted with a suitable crosslinking agent, such as disuccinimidyl suberate.

J 94112517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 This preparation is then added to the support material, such as latex microparticles containing suitable linker arms terminating in primary amine moieties.
Alternatively, if it is desired to purify the binding polymer prior to attachment to a support, a methoxytritryl- protected 6-aminocaproic acid can be linked to the unprotected N-terminus of the binding poly-mer using dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC). The binding polymer is then treated with ammonium hydroxide to deprotect the bases, purified by standard methods, and the terminal methoxytrityl is cleaved from the aminocaproic acid moiety. Finally, the purified polymer is mixed with support material having suitable linker arms terminating in p-nitrophenylester moieties, to give covalent coupling of the polymer molecules to the support.
Binding polymers constructed from subunits having cyclic backbone moieties have a strand polarity analogous to the 5' to 3' strand polarity exhibited by standard phosphodiester-linked polynucleotides. The binding polymers of the present invention have the potential to bind their target duplex in either or both of the two orientations. Accordingly, for a given heteromeric target sequence of base pairs, two binding polymers can be constructed, one having the proper sequence of bases ordered from 5' to 3', and the other having the same sequence of bases, but ordered 3' to 5'. These two polymers can then be tested for their respective binding affinities for the selected duplex target sequence.
Similar approaches for determining proper binding orientations for standard polynucleotides are well-known in the art.

21497fi5 E. Polymer Structural Characterization NI~t, two-dimensional Nl~t, and elemental analysis appears to provide little useful structural information for heteropolymers of the present invention when the polymers are of any significant length (for example, polymers greater than 12 subunits in length).
Polymers prepared as in Example 8 and cleaved from the solid support, but not yet treated with ammonium hydroxide, typically show relatively clean parent ions for polymers up to about 16 to 18 subunits in length, when assessed by positive fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry. For longer polymers, and for polymers lacking protective groups on the bases (such as prepared in Example 10), effective mass analysis requires procedures such as laser desorption or electro-spray.
III. Util t A. Diagnostics: Detection of Sectuences in Duplex Font In one application, the polymer of the invention is used in a diagnostic method for detecting a duplex target nucleic acid sequence in an analyte. The target sequence is typically a pathogen-specific sequence, such as a virus or bacterial genome sequence, which is to be detected in a biological sample, such as a blood sample.
The target sequence is preferably 15 to 25 subunits in length, to provide the requisite sequence specificity, as discussed above. In one assay format, the diagnostic reagent is a solid support, such as a micro-bead, coated by covalently-bound polymers effective to specifically bind to the duplex target sequence. After sample treatment to release the analyte duplex from bacterium or virus in free form, if necessary, the sample is contacted with the solid support under conditions sufficient to effect base-pair-specific binding of the analyte duplex WO 94/12517 ~ 1 ~g ~ ~ ~ PCTIUS93111377 to the support-bound polymer. Typically, the binding reaction is performed at 20°-37°C for 10 minutes to 2 hours. After washing the slid support to remove unbound material, the support is contacted with a reporter reagent effective to bind to the captured target duplex, to allow detection of said duplex. The reporter may be a soluble duplex-binding polyrer, formed in accordance with the present invention, whicY. is base-pair-specific for a second analyte-specific target sequence in the analyte l0 duplex, and which is labeled with a suitable signal group, such as a fluorescent moiety, for signal detection. The signal group is coupled to the polymer by standard coupling methods, such as described in Section II.
After washing the support, it is examined for bound reporter, which will be proportional to the amount of analyte bound to the support via the sequence-specific binding polymer.
Alternatively, the washed support containing bound analyte duplex may be reacted with a fluorescent interca-lating agent specific for nucleic acids, such as ethidium bromide, and then the polymer-bound analyte is assessed by its fluorescence. Another alternative is to react the washed support containing bound analyte duplex with a reporter-labeled polycationic molecule, such as a fluorescent-labeled oligo-cation, as described in co-owned published PCT Application No. PCT/US86/00545 (WO
86/05519). The reporter molecule binds by electrostatic interactions with the negatively charged analyte duplex backbone, but does not bind the substantially uncharged polymer molecules on the solid support. After washing the support to remove unbound material, the reporter bound to the solid support, via the sequence-specific analyte/polymer complex, is measured.

~1 497 65 B. In -situ Hybridization In many applications, the in situ hybridization is directed toward a target sequence in a double-stranded duplex nucleic acid, typically a DNA duplex associated 5 with a pathogen or with a selected sequence in chromosomal DNA. To date, in situ hybridization typically includes addition of a labeled nucleic acid probe to a permeabilized cell structure, the structure is heated to a temperature sufficient to denature the target 10 duplex nucleic acid, and the probe an3 denatured nucleic acid are allowed to react under suitable hybridization conditions. After removing unbound (non-hybridized) probe, the structure is examined for the presence of reporter label, allowing the sites) of probe binding to 15 target nucleic acid to be localized in the biological structure.
This method has been widely applied to chromosomal DNA, for mapping the location of specific gene sequences and determining distances between known gene sequences, 20 for studying chromosomal distribution of satellite or repeated DNA, for examining nuclear organization, for analyzing chromosomal aberrations, anc? for localizing DNA
damage in single cells or tissue. Several studies have reported on the localization of viral sequences 25 integrated into host-cell chromosomes. The method has also been used to study the position of chromosomes, by three-dimensional reconstruction of sectioned nuclei, and - by double in situ hybridization with mercurated and biotinylated probes, using digital image analysis to - 3o study interphase chromosome topography-Another general application of the in situ hybridization method is for detecting the presence of virus in host cells, as a diagnostic tool.
In the present application, the polymer of the 35 invention is designed for targeting a specific duplex ~l~g~ G5 genetic sequence associated with a cellular or subcellular structure of interest, such as a chromosomal prepara~:ion. The polymer is derivatized with a suitable label such as a fluorescent tag. The polymer is preferably added directly to cells or tissue containing the structure being studied, without first permeabilizing the mat4rial. Because the polymer is uncharged it can more readily penetrate into living cells withou~, the need for a permeabilization treatment. It further offers the l0 advantage of being resistant to nuclease degradation.
Once in contact with the duplex target material of interest, base-pair-specific binding can occur at normal physiological temperatures, again allowing detection of duplex targets under conditions of normal cell activity, and without heat disruption of the material being studied. After a time sufficient for binding to the target duplex, and washout of unbound polymer, the structure being studied may be examined directly, e.g., by fluorescence microscopy, to observe site-specific localization of the duplex target sequence and possible movement thereof. Alternatively, to reduce fluorescence background, the material may be fixed, e.g., by ethanol treatment, washed to remove unbound reporter, and viewed in fixed form by microscopy.
C. Isolation of Duplexes Containinct Target Secruence Another general application of the polymer invention is for isolating duplex nucleic acid structures from a nucleic acid mixture, such as a mixture of genomic frag-ments, a blood sample containing a selected viral duplex, or a mixture of plasmids with different duplex inserts in different orientations.
The binding polymer used in the method is (a) designed for base-pair-specific binding to a selected target duplex sequence and (b) capable of being isolated from a liquid sample after capture of the target duplex.
To this end, the polymer may be bound to a solid support, as described above, or may be derivatized with a ligand moiety, such as biotin, which permits capture on a solid support, or immunoprecipitation, after binding to the target duplex.
The polymer is added to the sample material and incubated under conditions which allow binding of the polymer to its target sequence, typically for 10 minutes to 2 hours at 20°-37°C. After binding has occurred, the polymer and bound material is isolated from the sample.
The isolated material may be released from the polymer by heating, or by chaotropic agents, and further amplified, if necessary by polymerise chain reaction methods, and/or clonal propagation in a suitable cloning vector.
D. Site-Stiecific DNA Modification The polymer of the invention is also useful for producing selected site-specific modifications of duplex DNA in vitro. These may include cutting a duplex species at a selected site, or protecting a selected region against restriction or methylating enzymes. The latter application is useful particularly in recombinant DNA
technology, where it is often advantageous to be able to protect a vector or heterologous DNA sequence against cutting by a selected restriction endonuclease, or where it is desired to selectively prevent methylation at a given restriction site.
To produce site-specific cleavage in a selected base sequence, the polymer is derivatized with a cleaving moiety, such as a chelated iron group (Dreyer et al., 1985; Dervan, 1986; Moser et al., 1987; Maher et al., 1989) capable of cleaving duplex DNA in a polymer bound state. The polymer sequence is selected to place the 2i49'~~~~
cleaving group, which is typically coupled at one polymer end, adjacent to the site to be cleaved. To protect a selected region of duplex target sequence against restriction or methylase enzymes, the polymer includes a sequence for binding to the 4-8 base-pair sequence which specifies a selected restriction enzyme sequence - plus any additional proximal bass effective to give increased specificity for a unique target sequence. After addition of the polymer to the duplex material, the material is treated with the selected restriction or methylating enzyme. After enzyme treatment, the treated duplex is "deprotected" by heating.
E. Therapeutic AoDli~ation The polymers of the invention, by their ability to bind to duplex target sequences, have the potential to inactivate or inhibit pathogens or selected genomic sequences, such as oncogenes, associated with disease.
Origins of replication and enhancer and promoter sequences are particularly sensitive to inactivation by duplex-directed binding agents, because the agent can occupy a target site required for initiation of replication or transcription of the targeted gene. Such gene-control sequences are known for many pathogenic genes, and also for a variety of oncogenes which have been characterized in humans.
For some therapeutic applications, it may be desirable to modify the binding polymer to favor its delivery to certain cells or tissues, or to favor its delivery to certain subcellular organelles, such as the nucleus (Chelsky). This can be accomplished, for example, by linking the binding polymer to a suitable signal structure, such as desialylated galactosyl-containing proteins (Gregoriadis, 1975) or a cluster of galactose moieties, which favors uptake by liver cells; or such as D-m,annose or L-fucose, which favor uptake by Kupffer cells and macrophages; or such as insulin or related peptides, which may then be actively transported across the blood/brain barrier.
Additionally, the binding polymers can be incorporated into surfactant micelles, with or without brain-specific antibodies, to enhance delivery acros,~ the blood/brain barrier (Kabanov).
For the reasons discussed above, the polymer should generally contain at least 16 base-pair-specific subunits, to minimize the possibility of undesired binding to sequences other 'than the intended target sequence. Candidate target structures can be determined from analysis of genomic sequences, such as are available in a variety of sequence databases. Preferred target structures are those which .are (a) well conserved across strains, and (b) have a base-pair sequence which is compatible with the set of subunits available for forming the polymer. For example, if the subunit set includes a 2o guanine, diaminopurine, and one or twc~ spacer subunits, as detailed in Section I, t:he target sequence preferably contains at least about 70% C:G and T:A oriented base-pairs, and the remainder G:C and/or T:A.
One therapeutic target for the polymers of the present invention is the HIV-I genome. A sequence search of the HIV-I genome in the duplex proviral stage was performed for sequences (i) well conserved across strains and (ii) suitable targets for binding polymers assembled predominantly from guanine and 2,6-diaminopurine-containing subunits. Table 12 shows several such selected target sequences, and positioned thereon, binding polymers assembled from the "two subunits plus spacers" set of the type described in Section I, E-2.

Table 12 Position Gene Polymer/Targ~et Complex in Genome 5 DDDDDUGDUDGGGGGDD Polymer _____*--*________ 2431 Pol 5'-AAAAATGATAGGGGGAA Target TTTTTACTATCCCCCTT-5' Duplex DUDDDGDDDDDDGDCDG Polymer _*--_______-__*__ 2735 Pol 5'-ATAAAGAAA.AAAGACAG Target TATTTCTTTTTTCTGTC-5' Duplex GGDDDGGUGDDGGGGCDGUDGUDD Polymer _______*_______*_-*__*-_ 4956 Pol 5'-GGAAAGGTGAAGGGGCAGTAGTAA Target CCTTTCCACTTCCCCGTCATCATT-5' Duplex In the table, "-" represents a high-specificity base-pa~.r binding, and "*" represents a low-specificity base-pair binding.
The following examples detail synthetic methods for preparing a variety of subunits, subunit sets, and poly-mers, in accordance with the invention. The examples are intended to illustrate but not limit the present invention.

2~.49'~65 ~xa.m a 1 Subunit Protection Methods A. General Procedure for the Protection of Primarl~
Amino Groups on Bases of Subunits Unless otherwise indicated, chemicals are purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, WI.
The subunit, generally a nucleoside or nucleoside analog, (10 mmol, which has been dried by coevaporation with pyridine several times) is dissolved or suspended in pyridine (50-100 mL), and treated with chlorotrimethyl-silane (2-3 equivalents of silane per hydroxyl group in the substrate). The solution is stirred one hour, or until solution is complete (sonication may be employed with difficultly soluble su:bstrates). An alkyl chloroformate, acid chloride, or anhydride, or other suitable activated carboxylic acid derivative is added (1.05-4.0 equivalents per amino group in the substrate).
After stirring for 1-24 hours at room temperature, the reaction is cooled to 0 C, .and treated slowly with a 1:1 mixture of pyridine/water (20 mL). After 10 minutes concentrated ammonium hydroxide (20 mL) is added and stirring continued for 15 minutes. The solution is concentrated under vacuum a:nd dissolved in ethyl acetate (or ether or chloroform) and shaken with water. The organic phase is removed and the product allowed to crystallize. If no crystallization occurs, the solvent is removed and the residue chromatographed on silica to yield the N-acylated species. Typical chloroformates which are useful include 9-:Eluorenylmethoxycarbonyl chloride, 2-(p-nitrophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl chloride (Himmelsbach), and 2-(pheny:lsulfonyl)ethoxycarbonyl chloride (Balgobin). Typical acid chlorides include benzoyl, isobutyryl, and tr:ichloroacetyl. Typical anhy-drides include acetic, isobutyric, and trifluroacetic.
Other acid derivatives include acyl hydroxybenzotriazolides (prepared from the acid chloride and dry hydroxybenzotriazoie in acetonitrile). The latter are advantageously used to introduce the phenylacetyl group. Alternatively, primary amino groups may be protected as amidines by the procedure of McBride, et a1.
B. Procedure for tha Differential Protection of Primary Diamines on Base-Pair Recoctnition Moieties 2,6-Diaminopurineriboside (Pfaltz and Bauer, Inc.) is converted by the general procedure in Example lA into the N-2,N-6 bis-(phenylacetyl)amide. The acyl group at the N-6 position is selectively cleaved by treatment of the nucleoside with 1N LiOH in pyridine/ethanol at 0 C.
The reaction mixture is neutralized with aq. HC1 and the solvents evaporated. The residue may be recrystallized from ethyl acetate/ethanol or purified by silica gel chromatography. The crude product, or the purified nucleoside, is resubjected to acylation by the general procedure using benzoyl chloride to introduce the N-6 benzoyl group. For this second acylation only a slight excess of the acylating agent (1.05-1.2 equivalents) is employed.
C. Procedure for the Protection of Oxo Groups in the Recocrnition Moieties 2',3',5'-Tri-O-isobutyryl N2-isobutyrl deoxyguanosine is converted by the procedure of Trichtinger, et al, into the 06 2-(p-nitrophenyl)ethyl derivative. Alternatively, guanosine may be converted into the 06 diphenylcarbamoyl derivative by the method of Kamimura, et a1. Following treatment with ammonia (1:1 conc. ammonium hydroxide/DMF) or 1N LiOH in pyridine/ethanol at 0 C, the N2-propionyl 06-diphenylcarbamoyl guanosine is produced. These 249 ~~65 procedures are applicable to the preparation of N-2 acylated O-4 protected 2-amino-4(3H)-quinazolinone derivatives and N-7 acylated O-9 protected 7-amino-9(8H)-imidazo[4,5-f]quinazoliaone derivatives.
D. General Procedure for the Introduction of a Dimethoxvtritvl Substituent at a Primarv Alcohol The alcohol bearing substrate (10 mmol) is dissolved or suspended in pyridine (50-100 mL) and treated with 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl chloride, triethylamine (20 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.5 mmol). After several hours at room temperature the mixture is treated with water (5 mL) then poured into cold, satd. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (or chloroform) and the combined organic layers are dried (sodium sulfate) and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed on silica to give pure dimethoxytritylated compound.
Example 2 Preparation of "2-Subunits ulus Spacers" Set.
A. Subunits containinct 2'-Deoxyribose moiety LFicture 5A) The 5'-O-dimethoxytrityl protected derivatives of the following are available from Sigma (St. Louis, MO, USA) . N-4 benzoyldeoxycytidine, N-2 isobutyryldeoxyguanosine, t.hymidine. 2,6-Diaminopurine-2'-deoxyriboside is available from Sigma and is protected at the primary amino groups. and the primary hydroxy group by the methods in Example 1.
B. Subunits Containing 2'-O-Methylribose Moiety jFigure 5H) The 2'-O-methylribonuc:leosides of uracil, cytosine, guanine, adenine, and 7-dea.zaadenine may be obtained by the method of Robins, et al (1974) or Sekine, et a1. The guanosine and 2-aminoadenosine 2'-O-methyl ethers are also aavantageously prepared by the method of ~:obins, et al, (1981). They may be converted into their base protected analogues by the general methods in Example 1 (for example, N-2 isobutyryl for the guanosine derivative, N-2 phenylacetyl, N-6 benzoyl for ~:he 2-amincadenosine derivative, N-4 benzoyl for t~~e cytidine derivative). The primary hydroxy is protected as in Example 1.
C. Subunits Containinct Morpholino Moiety lFiQUre A ribose-containing subunit, having the base in the protected form, is oxidized with periodate to a 2'-3' dialdehyde. The dialdehyde is closed on ammonia or primary amine and the 2' and 3' hydroxyls (numbered as in the parent ribose) are removed by reduction with cyanoborohydride.
An example of this general synthetic scheme is described below with reference to the synthesis of a base-protected cytosine (R;*) morpholino subunit. To 1.6 L of methanol is added, with stirring, 0.1 mole of N4-benzoylcytidine and 0.105 mole sodium periodate dissolved in 100 ml of water. After 5 minutes, 0.12 mole of ammonium biborate is added, and the mixture is stirred 1 hour at room temperature, chilled and filtered. To the filtrate is added 0.12 mole of sodium cyanoborohydride.
After 10 minutes, 0.2 mole of toluenesulfonic acid is added. After another 30 minutes, another 0.2 mole of toluenesulfonic acid is added and the mixture is chilled and filtered. The solid precipitate is dried under vacuum to give the tosylate salt of the free amine. The use of a moderately strong (pKa < 3) aromatic acid, such as toluenesulfonic acid or 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, WO 94112517 pCT/US93111377 214.9765 provides ease of handling, significantly improved yields, and a high level of product purity.
Filtration cf the tosylate salt of the 2,6-diaminopurine-containing mo:rpholino subunit also works 5 well. However, the tosylat~e salts of the guanine-containing and uracil-containing subunits are generally more soluble in methanol. 'thus, for G and U subunits the methanol is removed under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between brine and isopropanol - with 10 the desired product going into the organic phase.
The base-protected morpholino subunit can then be protected at the annular nitrogen of the morpholino ring using trityl chloride.
As an example of the tritylation step, to 2 liters 15 of acetonitrile is added, with stirring, 0.1 mole of the tosylate salt from above, followed by 0.26 mole of triethylamine and 0.15 mole of trityl chloride. The mixture is covered and stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, after which 100 ml of methanol is added, 20 followed by stirring for 15 minutes. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and then 400 ml of methanol is added. After the solid is thoroughly suspended as a slurry, 5 liters of water is added, the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes, and filtered. The 25 solid is washed with 1 liter of water, filtered and dried under vacuum. The solid is resuspended in 500 ml of dichloromethane, filtered, and rotovaped until precipitation just begins, after which 1 liter of hexane is added and stirred for 15 minutes. The solid is 30 removed by filtering, and dried under vacuum.
The above procedure yiealds the base-protected morpholino subunit tritylatE_d on the morpholino nitrogen and having a free 5' hydroxyl (numbered as in the parent ribose).

D. Subunits Containing N-Carboxymethvlmorpholino-5'-amino Moiety (Ficxure 6C) A ribose-containing subunit, having the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, is converted to the 5'amine and that 5' amine tritylated, as per Stirchak, Summerton, and Weller (1987), or by the method described in Example 2E below. Following the general procedures of Example 2C above, the vicinyl 2' and 3' hydroxyls of the ribose are then oxidized with periodate to give a 2'-3' dialdehyde. The dialdehyde is closed on glycine in the presence of triethylamine. The 2' and 3' hydroxyls (numbered as in the parent ribose) are subsequently removed by reduction with cyanoborohydride.
Alternatively, the dialdehyde can be closed on ammonia and reduced as in Example 2C, and then the morpholino nitrogen alkylated with bromoacetic acid buffered with N,N-diethylaniline.
These procedures yield the base-protected morpholino subunit having a tritylated 5' amine and a carboxymethyl group on the morpholino nitrogen.
E. Subunits Containinct N-Carboxymethvlmorpholino-alphal5'-amino) M~iety lFicrure 6F) Examples 2C and 2D illustrate the preparation of morpholino-containing subunits wherein the 5' methylene is in the beta orientation - that is, the same orientation as in the parent ribose. Analogous morpholino-containing subunits wherein the 5' methylene is in the alpha orientation can be prepared by the following general approach.
The 5' hydroxyl of a ribose-containing subunit, having the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, is converted to a secondary amine by established methods (see Example 2D above). Thereafter, following the general procedures of Example 2C above, the vicinyl .CVO 94/12517 PCTlLJS93/11377 2' and 3' hydroxyls of the ribose are oxidized with periodate to give a 2'-3' d:ialdehyde. The 2' aldehyde rapidly closes on the secondary amine at the 5' position (numbered as in the parent Ribose). Reduction with cyanoborohydride then generates a structure containing a morpholino ring wherein the annular morpholino nitrogen is tertiary, and containing a 5'alderyde in the alpha orientation. Subsequent addition of ammonia or a primary amine, in the presence of e:~ccess cyanoborohydride, generates a 5' amine (primary or secondary, respectively) in the alpha orientation.
The above general strai~egy can be applied to prepare subunits containing N-carbo:~ymethylmorpholino-alpha(5'-amino) moiety, as well as a number of other useful variations. One method to introduce the desired secondary amine at the 5' position of the ribose moiety entails: a) conversion of the 2',3' hydroxyls to an acetal as per the method of Smith, Rammler, Goldberg and Khorana (1961); b) oxidation of the 5'hydroxyl to an aldehyde using DMSO/pyridine/trifluoroacetic acid/diisopropylycarbodiimid~ (the Moffat oxidation); c) reacting this 5' aldehyde with glycine (or the tert-Butyl ester of glycine) in the presence of cyanoborohydride;
and, regeneration of the 2',3' hydroxyls by acid cleavage of the acetal.
F. Subunits Containing Ribose :with 5'-Carbazate jFicrure 5C) A ribose-containing subunit can be converted to the 5'carbazate as follows. To 10 mMole of ribose-containing subunit, having exocyclic amines of the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected state, add 100 ml of anisylaldehyde and 0.5 g of tosic acid. Stir at roam temperature for 48 hours. :Add the reaction mixture to 500 ml hexane and collect t)ze precipitate. Purify the product by silica gel chromatography developed with ether. The resulting product is reacted with 2 equivalents of bis(p-nitrophenyl)carbonate plus 2 equivalents of triethylamine in acetonitrile fir 8 hours at 30°C. The product is purified by silica gei ' chromatography developed with a 5% to 15%
acetone./chloroform mixture. The product is reacted with 4 equivalents of t-butylcarbazate in DMF for 4 hrs at 50°C. The reaction mixture is added to water and the precipitate collected and suspended in DMF/Con NH40H, 1:1 by vol overnight at 30°C. The ammonium solution is added to brine and the insoluble product collected and dried under vacuum. The dry product is dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid and, after 5 minutes, ether is added to precipitate the product, which is triturated twice with ether. The product is dissolved in methanol containing sufficient N-e~hylmorpholine to neutralize all residual trifluoroacetic acid and the product again precipitated by addition of ether, and the product dried under vacuum. The desired 5'carbaz~te product can generally be purified by silica gel chromatography developed with N-ethylmorpholine/methanol/chloroform, 1:4:6 by volume, or preferably, purified by recrystallization from a suitable aqueous/organic mixture.
G. Subunits Containinct Ribose with 5'-Sulfonylhydrazid~e_ A ribose-containing subunit can be converted to the 5'-sulfonylhydrazide as follows. Ten mMole of ribose-containing subunit, having exocyclic amines of the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected state, is converted to the anisylacetal derivative as described in Example 2F above.
To 10 mMole of sulfonyl chloride in dichloromethane chilled on dry ice add 15 :mMole of N,N-diethylaniline.
A

WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 Next, slowly add, With rapid stirring, a dilute solution of 10 mMole of N-aminophthalimide in dichloromethane.
After 20 minutes, add the anisylacetal subunit derivative to this chlorosulfonylhydrazide solution.
Slowly add, with rapid stirring, 30 mMole of diiso-propylethylamine in 30 ml of dichloromethane. After stirring 1 hour 3t room temperature, remove the solvent under reduced pressure and purify the product by silica gel chromatography developead with an acetone/chloroform l0 mixture.
The product is then treated with hydrazine acetate in methanol, the solvent rE:moved under reduced pressure, and DMF/con NH40H, 1:1 by vol is added and the preparation incubated at 30°C overnight.. Lastly, the product is treated with trifluoroacetic acid and worked up as in Example 2F.
H. Subunits Containinct Ribose with 5'-Glvcinamide A primary arsine is introduced into the 5' position of a ribose-containing subunit following the oxidation/reducti.ve alkylat:ion procedure described in Example 2E, exceFting ammonia, is used instead of Glycine. This 5' primary amine is then acylated with N-tert-butoxycarbonyl glycine, p-nitrophenyl ester. After purification, the protective groups are removed by treatment with DMF/con NH40:Ei, and then with trifluoroacetic acid, and t:he final 5'-glycinamide derivative worked up as in Example 2F.
I. Subunits containi.na Ribose with an Amino-methvlethylphosphate Groun Linked to the 5'Oxvgen Aminomethylphosphonic acid (Aldrich Chem. Co.) is reacted with trityl chloride in the presence of triethylamine. The di-anionic phosphonate product, where 214-9'~ 6 5 the counter ions are triethylammonium, is suspended in ethanol and then a carbodiimide, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), is added. The resultant mono-anionic product is shaken with a mixture of water 5 and chloroform containing pyridinium hydrochloride. This, procedure gives a mono-ionic phosphonic acid having a pyridinium counter ion. T?~is product is added to chloroform, followed by addition of the ribose-containing subunit wherein exocyclic amines of the base is in the 10 protected form and the 2'and 3' hydroxyls are protected as the anisylacetal. DCC is added to couple the phosphonate to the 5'oxygen of the subunit. The product is dried and chromatographed on silica using methanol/chloroform mixtures. The pure product is next 15 base-deprotected with DMF/conNH40H, 1:1 by vol. and then suspended in trifluoroacetic acid to remove the trityl and the anisyl protective group Example 3 20 Preparation of Subunits With Tautomeric Base A. Subunit Containing 2'-Deoxyribose Moiety (Ficrure 5A) 1. Subunit containinct the base of Figure 13.
4-Acetylamino-2-methylbenzoic acid (Peltier) is converted 25 into the 5-nitro compound by treatment with cold fuming nitric acid. The reaction mix was poured into crushed ice and the solid product collected by filtration and purified by recrystallization from DMF/water or by silica chromatography. The acetamide is removed by alkaline 30 hydrolysis with 1-10% NaOH solution in 90$ ethanol. The reaction mixture was added to excess dilute HC1 and the solvent evaporated. The crude acid is esterified with satd. methanolic HC1 at room temperature for several days. After removal of solvent the product is 35 partitioned between ethyl acetate and satd. sodium bi-,~ WO 94/12517 PCT/US93II1377 21 ~~ 9 7 6 5 carbonate. After washing with water the organic phase is evaporated and the residue purified by silica chromato-graphy. The vitro group is. reduced to the amino using hydrogen and palladium on carbon in ethanol or DMF.

After filtration through ce:lite and evaporation, the crude diamine is converted to the methyl 2-amino-6-methylbenzimidazole-5-cark~oxylate using cyanogen bromide in methanol at ref~ux. The mixture is cooled and poured into satd. aq. sodium bicarbonate and the solid product filtered and purified by recrystallization. The exocyclic amino group is acylated by refluxing with phthaloyl. dichloride in pyridine followed by reaction of the: diazepine with pyrazole in refluxing acetonitrile according to the method of Katritzky. The compound is~ reacted with either bromine or N-bromosuccinimide or 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhyd,antoin either neat or in carbon tetrachloride or chloroform or 1,1,1-trichloroethane with the aid of a high-intensity sun lamp and/or benzoyl peroxide, to provide the benzylic bromide. It is possible to acylate the diazepine further with isobutryl chloride in pyridine to produce a triply acylated benzimidazole species. This is normally done prior to the bromination.

The crude benzylic bromide is reacted with sodium azide in dry DMF and reduced with hydrogen over platinum or palladium to produce the. lactam. This is O-silylated with one equivalent of trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate c~r tert-butyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate t,o produce the O-silyl lactim ether/benzimidazole trifluo~romethanesulfonate salt. This is reacted with 3,5-di-O-toluyl-alpha-D- er;rthropentofuranosyl chloride (Hoffer) in THF or acetonit.rile in the presence of p-nitrophenol by the method of Aoyama to give the protected nucleoside which is purified by silica chromatography. The acyl groups are all removed by a two step procedure involving first, hydrazinolysis with hydrazine/ethanol at room temperature, then evaporation of solvent and heating the: crude residue in refluxing ethanol to fully cleave the phthaloyl residue. The aminobenzimidazole is protected by reaction with 4-(dimeti~oxymethyl) -morpholi.ne (prepared from 4-formyl morphoiine by the general procedure of Bredereck et. al.) in methanol to form the am:idine. The remaining reactive site of the benzimidazole is protected by reaction with pivaloyl chloride under th.e conditions of Example 1.
Alternatively, the final acylation may be done with -(dimethylamino)benzoyl chloride. An alternative amino protecting group is formed by reaction of the unprotected benzimidazole with 4-(dimethylamino)benzaldehyde in methanol in the presence of piperidine (10 mole%) and methanesulfonic acid (5 mole%). The resulting imine is acylated as for the amidine. The primary hydroxyl group is protected with the dimethoxytrityl group as per Example 1.
2. Subunit containinQthe base of Figure 13C.
3-Acetamidophenol (Aldrich Chemical Co.) is nitrated to give the 2-nitro-5-acetamidophenol. Reduction with hydrogen and palladium/carbon and reaction with trifluoroacetic anhydride or trichloroacetic anhydride give the 2-trihaloacetamido derivative. This is nitrated to give the 4-nitro species and the trihaloacetyl group removed by brief ammonolysis to give 5-acetamido-2-amino-4-nitrophenol.
2,5-Anhydro-3,4,6-tri-O-benzoyl-D-allonothioamide (Picketing, et a1.) is treated with methyl iodide and sodium hydride to give the corresponding methyl thioimidate. Alternatively the thioamide is reacted with WO 94/12517 r PCT/US93111377 2149 ~~ 65 di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (Aldrich) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in dichloromethane to produce the imide. Alternatively, the .imide is treated with methyl iodide or methyl triflate .in the presence of diisopropylethylamine to gave the N-tent-butoxycarbonyl methyl thioimidate. Any o:E these are suitable for reaction with aromatic 1,2~-diamines or ortho aminopheno?s to produce benzimidazole or benzoxazole derivatives of deoxyribosides, respective:Ly.
The aminophenol is reacted with the appropriate activated thioamide from the previous paragraph to produce the 2-(tri-O-benzoyl-beta-deoxyribosyl)benzoxazole. The N-acetyl and O-benzoyl groups are removed by ammonolysis or hydrazinolysis and the vitro group reduced with hydrogen and palladium/carbon. The aromatic diamine is reacted with cyanogen bromide in refluxing methanol, and the product 6-amino-2-(tri--O-benzoyl-beta-deoxyribosyl)imi3azo[4,5-f:~benzoxazole derivative protected as in Example 3A1, and the primary hydroxy protected as per Example 1,.
B. Subunit Containincx Ribose Moiety i~Ficrure 5B) 1. Subunit Containing the Base of Figure 13B. The ribose nucleoside: is prepared as for the deoxyribonucleoside in Example 3A1 except that the O-silylated lactam is reaci:ed in the presence of mercuric bromide or silver trifluoromethanesulfonate with the ribosyl bromide prepared from by treatment of 1-O-acetyl-2,3,5-tri-O-ben::oyl-D-ribofuranose with HBr in benzene as per the procedure of Maeba et a1.
2 . Subunit Containing the Base of Fisure 13 C .
2,5-Anhydro-3-deoxy-4,6-di--O-toluoyl-D-ribo-hexanothioami de (Pickering, et a1.) is converted into the methyl 214.9765 thioimidate, the imide, or the N-tent-butoxycarbonyl methyl thioimidate as in Example 3A2. Any of these are suitable for reaction witr. aromatic 1,2-diamines or ortho aminophenols to produce benzimidazole or benzoxazole derivatives of ribosides, respectively.-By the same procedures in Example 3A2, the aminophenol is reacted with the activated thioamide from the previous paragraph to produce the benzoxazole which is further converted into the protected nucleoside by the procedures in Example 3A2.
C. Subunit Containing Mor~holino Moiety (FiQUre 1. Subunit Containing the Base of Fisure 13B.
The morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the O-silylated lactam from Example 3A1 with tetraacetyl alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (Sigma) (with or without the presence of mercuric bromide or silver trifluoromethanesulfonate). The glycoside is converted into the morpholino nucleoside in the usual way except that twice the normal amount of sodium periodate is employed. Following N-tritylation (Example 2C) and hydrazinolysis of the base protecting groups, the base is reprotected as in Example 3A1.
Alternatively, the morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the benzylic bromide from Example 3A1 with beta-D-glucopyranosylamine (Tamura, et a1.) to give the glycosyl lactam directly. This is converted into the morpholino nucleoside by the usual procedure except that twice the amount of sodium periodate is employed in the oxidation step) Following N-tritylation (Example 2C) and hydrazinolysis of the base, reprotection is accomplished as in Example 3A1.
Alternatively, the methyl 4-acetamido-2-methyl-5-ni-trobenzoate from Example 3A1 is brominated as in Example ~.rJ 94/12517 PCTlLJS93/11377 ~1 497 65 3A1 and reacted with beta-D~-glucopyranosylamine. The N-acetyl is removed with 1-10% NaOH ~n 90% ethanol, the nitro is reduced with palladium/carbon and hydrogen, and the aminobenzimidazole is formed by reaction with 5 cyanogen bromide in refluxing ethanol. The aminobenzimidazole is protected as in Example 3A1.
Alternatively, the riboside preaared in Example 3B1 is converted into a morpholine-conta=ning subunit following the procedure in Example 2C. This procedure is 10 accomplished prior to deacylation of the phthaloyl group from the aminobenzimidazole. After morpholine formation and protection as the N-trityl species, the phthaloyl group is removed as in Example 3A1.
The morpholine nitrogen is protected as the N-trityl 15 by reaction of the free amine or the tosylate salt with trityl chloride in acetonit:rile containing triethylamine.
The reaction mix is poured into water and the solid product isolated by filtration and purified by silica gel chromatography.
2. Subunit Containing the BaseofFiqure 13C.
By the procedures described in Myers, et a1. 2,3,4,6-te-tra-O-acetyl-alpha-D-galactopyranosyl bromide is converted into 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-alpha-D-galacto-pyranosyl cyanide and then :into the corresponding thioamide by the method of lPickering, et al, and then into its activated thioamide derivatives as in Example 3A2. These are suitable for reacting with 1,2-diamines or ortho aminophenols to produce benzimidazoles or benzoxazole derivatives of galactosides, respectively. A
similar procedure may be employed beginning with other hexose nitriles (Myers, et <31 . ) .
By the same procedures in Example 3B2, the aminophenol is reacted with the activated thioamide from the paragraph above to produce the benzoxazole which is ~~.~9'~

further converted into the N-protected galactoside by the proceaures in Example 3B2. This is converted into the morpholine nucleoside by the usual procedure except that twice the normal amount of periodate is employed in the oxidation step. The N-trityl group is introduced by the method in Example 3C1.
Example 4 Preparation of 4-Membered High-Specificity Subunit Set Containing Morpholino Backbone Moieties (Ficture 6A) A. C:G-specific Subunits 1. Subunit Containing Guanine Base (Ficrure l0A Guanosine is converted into its 2-phenylacetyl derivative by the method in Example 1. This is converted into the morpholine nucleoside tosylate salt by the methods in Example 2C. It may be tritylated by reaction with triphenylmethyl chloride in acetonitrile containing triethylamine. The reaction mixture is poured into water and the product filtered. The product is purified by recrystallization from acetonitrile.
2. Subunit containing the base of Figure 24C.
3-Bromophenol was nitrated to give 5-bromo-2-nitrophenol, then the nitro group was reduced with Raney-Nickel (or hydrogen sulfide/pyridine) and the amine formylated with formic acetic anhydride. This was again nitrated and then the oxazole is formed by thermolysis. An alternate method of forming the unsubstituted oxazole ring involves removal of the formamide by ammonolysis and treatment of the aminophenol with the formylation reagent derived from phosphorous oxychloride/dimethylformamide. Other amides than formic may be used for the protection of this amino group during the nitraton, and that the oxazole synthesis with these species will produce substituted benxoxazoles.
For example, the trif luoracetamide, formed using "'O 94112517 PCTIUS93I11377 21 ~f97 65 trifluoroacetic anhydride, will produce the trifluoromethyl benzoxazole. Finally, the nitro group was reduced and the amine protected as a 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbamate prior to coupling with the sugar. This product is the key intermediate for the introduction of the sugar moiety.
The glycosy?ation procedure employed follows the general method of Zimmerman.n and Stille for the coupling of vinyl stannanes with aromatic halides, and the method for the conversicn of pyran.oid glycals to the glucosyl derivatives by the method o~f Hanessian, et a1. The bromide above (or appropriate aromatic halide in general).
was reacted with the persilylated, C-1 stannylated pyranoid glycal (Hanessian, et a1.) in the presence of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine;)palladium(0). The enol ether was hydroborated with the borane-dimethyl sulfide complex in tetrahydrofuran and the resulting boron species decomposed to the alcohol by the addition of basic hydrogen peroxide. All the: silylated alcohols and beta(trimethylsilyl)ethyl c:arbamates were deprotected with fluoride ion.
In this example, the amino group may be reprotected as the trifluoroacetamide as in Example 1. The molecule was nitrated in acetic acid, the labile amide cleaved by ammonolysis, and the aminobenzimidazole prepared by reduction of the nitro group with hydrogen sulfide/pyridine ~r stannous chloride with cyanogen bromide. Following protection of the aminobenzimidazole by the methods in Example 3~A or Example 4Ciii, the morpholine moiety was then constructed as in Example 2C, except that two equivalent~~ of sodium periodate are employed in the oxidation step.
A

21 ~9'~ 6 ~

3. Subunit containing the base of Figure 24D.
2-Bromo-4-methylphenol was nitrated to produce the 6-nitrospecies. Following reduction with hydrogen sulfide in pyridine, the aminophenol was treated with cyanogen bromide to produce the aminobenzoxazole.
Following conversion to the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbamate, the bromine ma~> be replaced by the appropriate glycosyl unit by coupling with the pyranoid glycal as in Example 4Aii. After the coupling sequence was completed, and the molecule fully desilylated, the amino group was protected as the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamide, and the molecule nitrated to produce the 4-nitro species.
The 5-methyl group was now functionalized by reaction with dimethylformamide dimethylacetal to give the enamine by the general procedure (Mulzer, et al). Reduction of the vitro group with hydrogen sulfide/pyridine or with hydrogen and Pd/carbon, afforded the indole. As the protecting group on the aminobenzoxazole may be wholly or partially removed during the indole formation sequence, following ammonolysis to remove any amidine group, the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamide was reintroduced as in Example 1. Further functionalization of the indole was done by reaction with phosphorous oxychloride/dimethylformamide (Smith (1954)). The resultant formyl indole may be converted into the nitrile by reaction with hydroxylamine to give the oxime followed by treatment with trifluor~acetic anyhdride. The glucose containing subunit may be converted into the morpholino subunit by the procedure in Example 2C except that two equivalents of sodium periodate is used.
B. T:A or U:A-Specific Subunits 1. Subunit containing 2,6-diaminopurine base (Figure lOB). 2,6-Diaminopurineriboside is converted into its N2-phenylacetyl N6-benzoyl derivative by the WO 94/12517 PCTlUS93/11377 214.9'~1i5 method in Example 1. This is converted into the morpholine nucleoside by the methods in Example 2C. It is tritylated by the procedure in Example 5A
2. Subunit cont,ainina the base of Fiaure 26D.
2-Bromo-4-methylphenol was :nitrated to produce the 6-nitrospecies. Following :reduction with hydrogen sulfide in pyridine, the am.inophenol was treated with cyanogen bromide to produce the aminobenzoxazole.
Following conversion to the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbamate, the bromine may he replaced by the appropriate glycosyl unit by coupling with the pyranoid glycal as in Example 4Aii. After the coupling sequence was completed, and the molecule fully desi:Lylated, the amino group was protected as the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamide, and the molecule nitrated to produce the 4-nitro species.
The 5-methyl group was now functionalized by reaction with dimethylformamide dimei:hylacetal to give the enamine by the general procedure (Mulzer, et al). Reduction of the nitro group with hydrogen sulfide/pyridine or with hydrogen and Pd/carbon, afforded the indole. As the protecting group on the aminobenzoxazole may be wholly or partially removed during the indole formation sequence, following ammonolysis to remove any amidine group, the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamide was reintroduced as in Example 1. Further functionalization of the indole was done by reaction with phosphorous oxychloride/dimethylformamide (Smith (1954)). The resultant formyl indole may be converted into the nitrile by reaction with hydroxylam~~ne to give the oxime followed by treatment with trifluoroacetic anyhdride. The glucose containing subunit may be converted into the morpholino subunit by the procedure in Example 2C except that two equivalents of sodium periodate is used.

~1 X97 6 5 3. Subunit containing the base of Figure 26E.
2-Bromo-4-chlorophenol was nitrated to yield the 6-nitro species. Following reduction with hydrogen sulfide in pyridine, the aminophenol was treated with cyanogen bromide to produce the aminobenzoxazole. Following conversion to the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbamate, the bromine may be replaced by the appropriate glycosyl unit by coupling with the pyranoid glycal as in Example 4Aii.
After the coupling sequence was completed, and the molecule completely desilylated, the amino group is protected as the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamide as in Example 1, and the chlorine removed by treatment with triphenyl- or tributyltin hydride and a radical initiator in xylene. The glucose containing subunit may be converted into the morpholino subunit by the procedure in Example 2C except that two equivalents of sodium periodate is used.
C. A:T or A:U-Specific Subunits 1. Subunit containing the base of Fiqure 20B.
5-Hydroxy-2(3H)-benzoxazolone (Ozdowska) is acetylated with acetic anhydride and then nitrated with cold fuming nitric acid to the 6-nitro-5-acetoxy species. This is dissolved in ethanol and treated with potassium carbonate, than hydrogenated over palladium to reduce the nitro group to an amino group. The isolated aminophenol is reacted with an active thioamide derivative from Example 3C to give the 6-(2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-galactosyl)-oxazolo[4,5-f)--2(3H)-benzoxazolone.
Reaction with phosphoryl chloride followed by ammonolysis gives the 2-aminobenzoxazole. This is N-protected by the usual procedure to prepare the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl or trichloroacetyl amides.

f.
3~'O 94/12517 PCT/US93/11377 211 49~ 69 ~' The morpholine nucleoside is prepared from the galactosyl species above by the procedures in Example 2C

except with double the usual amount of sodium periodate in the oxidation step in order to form the dialdehyde used for reductive amination. 'The latter step is performed by the usual methods. The morpholine is tritylated as in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.

2. Subunit containing the base of Ficrure 20C.

2-Methyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid (King) is nitrated with cold fuming nitric acid to give the 5-nitro derivative which is reduced using palladium catalyst in a hydrogen atomosphere to the 5-amino apecies. This is converted into the methyl ester by the procedure in Example 3A1.

This is converted to the 2-;aminobenzoxazole using cyanogen bromide and the exocyclic amino group acylated by the methods in Example 1 with acetyl, methoxyacetyl, trichloroacetyl, isobutyrylor banzoyl. The compound is converted into the benzylic bromide by the methods in Example 3A1.

The morpholine nucleoside is prepared first by reac-tion of the benzylic bromide with beta-D-glucopyrano-sylamine as in Example 3C. Then, methanolic periodate cleavage using twice the usual amount of sodium periodate and reductive amination give the morpholine nucleoside.

This is tritylated by the procedure in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.

Alternatively, the benzylic bromide is reacted with ammonia to produce the lactam which is O-silylated with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate or tent-butyldi-methylsilyl trifluoromethansasulfonate and 2,6-di-tert-bu-tylpyridine. The O-silylatsad lactam is reacted with tetraacetyl alpha-D-glucopynanosyl bromide (with our without the presence of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate WO 94/12517 _ PCT/US93111377 or mercuric bromide), followed by ammonolysis and reprotection of the primary amino group as in Example 5C1. The glycoside is converted into the morpholine nscleoside in the usual way except that t;aice the normal amount of sodium periodate .is employed. _~rhe morpholine is tritylated as in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
3. Subunit containing the base of Ficture 22B.
Alkyl 3-oxobutanoates were prepared by reaction of an alcohol with diketene. The:ae were converted to the corresponding alkyl 2-(hydroxyimino)-3-oxobutanoates according to the general procedure for the ethyl ester (~~'ouster, 1975). This was reduced and acylated with the corresponding alkyl chloroformate (or related acylating species, eg the azidoformate or p-nitrophenylcarbonate) using the general procedure described for the ethyl ester in (Fernandez-Resa, et al, :L989), to provide alkyl 2-(alkyloxycarbonylamino)-3~-oxobutanoates. By these procedures, carbamate derivatives of 2-amino-3-oxobutanoates are available wherein the ester and carbamate have identical alkyl substituents. By this design, cleavage of the carbamate and ester groups may be performed simultaneously. Examples of alkyl groups which are available are benzyl (rcamoved by hydrogenolysis), 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl (removed by hydrogen fluoride/pyridine), o-nitrobenzyl (removed by photolysis).
To a strirred suspension of sodium hydride (3.0 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) under argon was added benzyl 2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-:3-oxobutanoate (3.6 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL). The solution of the anion was treated with 6-chloro-9-(2',3',5'-tri-O-benzoyl--D-ribofuranosyl)purin a (3 mmol, prepared as in Satoda, et al) by the general ~..

""7 94112517 PCTIUS93111377 ~1 X97 69 method of Hamamichi and Miyasaka. The adduct (1 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate/ethanol (20 (mL) containing acetic acid (1 ml) and 5% Pd/carbon (200 mg). The mixture was shaken in a Paar apparatus under 45 psi hydrogen gas. After filtration through celite, the solution was treated with toluenesulfonic acid (1 mmol) and evaporzted to dryness. The product was precipJtated by dissolving in ethyl acetate/ethanol and pouring into ether/hexane mixtures. This product is also available from other adducts of 2-amino-3-oxobutanoates with chloropurines wherein the ester/carbamate is protected with different alkyl groups, some of which are listed in the preceeding paragraph. For example, if the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl group is utilized it may be cleaved by reaction in pyridine containing hydrogen fluoride and/or tetrabutylammonium fluoride. The latter reagent may also be satisfactorily employed in tetrahydrofuran.

The amine tosylate (1 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (15 mL) and treated with diisopropylamine (3 mmol) and cyanogen bromide (1 mmol).

The solvent was evaporated, the residue dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with sodium bicarbonate solution, water and brine. After removal of solvent, the residue was redissolved in dimethylformamide and treated with 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene. The solvent was evaporated and the residue dissolved in dichloromethane, and washed with pH=7 phosphate buffer, water and then dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporation yields the imidazo[5,1-i]purine which may be purified by chromatography using chloroform/methanol mixtures.

The imidazo[5,1-i]purine (1 mmol) is dissolved in a methanol/dimethylformamide mixture and treated with 1,3-diaminopropane (20 mmol) at room temperature. After several hours at ambient temperatures, the mixture was heated in a sealed vessel to complete the removal of the benzoate esters. Alternatively, the rearrangement to the pyrido[2,3-d:4,5-d'] diimidadzole and hydrolysis may be affected with 2M sodium )zydroxide in dimethylsulfoxide.
The C-8 oxo group was .introduced by the general procedure of Ikehara and Ka;neko, which involves bromination of the benzimid;azole followed by mild hydrolysis with aqueous acetate. This and other tautomeric aminobenzimidazo:le moieties may be protected on the reactive amino and b~enzimidazole type nitrogens as was done in Example 3A. Alternatively, the trifluoroacetamide was prepared by using the transient protection procedure for al~~ohols from Example 1 (trimethylsilyl chloride and pyridine) and reacting the silylated species with trifluoroacetic anhydride to acylate the exocylic amino group. A similar reaction scheme will produce the tri~~hloroacetamide. The benzimidazole type ring nitrogen may then be protected by a following reaction, again using the transient protection procedure, with ;p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in pyridine. In this latter reaction, two tautomeric sulfonated products may be obtained, but their separation is not essential.
A nontautomeric aminob~enzimidazole may be prepared by methylation of the amino:benzimidazole moiety at an appropriate time. For example, the species produced in the preceeding paragraph was dissolved in DMSO and treated with methyl iodide and potassium hydroxide to give the methylated species. This product may also be obtained by the alkylation of the aminobenzimidazole moiety prior to introduction of the oxo group.
The ribose linked species from QB may be converted into the morpholine nucleoside by the procedure in example 2C.

~'0 94112517 21 ~9~~ 65 Subunits containing a deoxyribose moiety may be prepared if the initial chloropurine employed, is linked to a deoxyribose. Thus, the tri-O-benzoyl derivative of 6-chloropurinedeoxyriboside (prepared by benzoylation ofthe free hydroxyl species; Robins and Basom (1978)) is employed for reaction with 'the aminoacetoacetate.
4. Subunit contain~nct the base of Ficrure 30C.
3-Bromophenol was nitrated to produce 5-bromo-2-nitrophenol. This was reduced with hydrogen sulfide/pyridine to the aminophenol) and the amino group masked as the trifluoroacetamide. A second nitration produced the 4-nitrophenol apecies which was treated with ammonia to cleave the trifluoroacetamide. This was reacted with cyanogen bromide to produce the aminobenzoxazole which is protected as the trifluoroacetamide. The vitro group was reduced with pyridine hydrogen sulfide and the amine treated with ethyl chloroformate to generate the carbamate.
Nitration, vitro reduction, and heating provided the fused imidazolone.' Ammonolysis of the trifluoroacetamide gave the aminobenxoxazole which was protected as the beta(trimethylsilyl)ethylca:rbamate. This was coupled with the pyranoid glycal as in Example 4Aii to produce the subunit with the glucose moiety. Following complete desilylation, the amino group was protected as the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamidP as per Example 1. The glucosyl subunit may be converted into the morpholine containing subunit by the method of Example 2C except that two equivalents of sodium periodate is employed in the oxidation step.
5. Subunit containinct the base of Ficture 30F.
3-Bromophenol was nitrated to produce 5-bromo-2-nitrophenol. This was reduced with hydrogen WO 94/12517 : PCT/US93/11377 ~1~~~~~

sulfide/pyridine or stannous chloride to the aminophenol.
This was reacted with cyanogen bromide to produce the aminobenzoxazole, which was protected as the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethylcarbamate. This was coupled with the pyranoid glycal as in Example 4Aii tc produce the subunit with the glucose moiety. Following complete essilylation of the molecule, the amino group was protected as the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamide as per Example 1. The glucosyl subunit may be converted into the morpholine containing subunit by the method of Example 2C except that two equivalents of sodium periodate is employed in the oxidation step.
D. G:C-Suecific Subunits 1. Subunit containing the base of Figure 15C.
5-Chloro-2,4-dinitrophenol (Carnelley, et a1.) is treated with chloromethyl benzyl et:~er and diisopropylethyl amine, and the ether is treated with the sodium salt of methyl cyanoacetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid. Cleavage of the acetal (hydrogen/palladium on carbon) and reaction with an activated thioimide derivative from Example 3C
produces the pyrrolobenzoxazole which, after ammonolysis, may be base protected by the procedure in Example 1 to prepare the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl or trichloroacetyl amides.
The morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the galactoside with double the usual amount of sodium periodate in order to form the dialdehyde used for reductive amination. The latter step is performed by the usual methods. The molecule is tritylated by the method in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
2. Subunit containing the base of Ficrure 15B.
4-Chloro-2-methylbenzoic acid (Pfaltz and Bauer Chemical ~D 94112517 PCT/US93/11377 ~1 497 Bg a.

Co.) is converted into its methyl ester (HCl/methanol) and further converted into i~he benzylic bromide by the procedure in Example 3C. Rsaaction with two equivalents of ammonia provides the lact:am which is nitrated in fuming nitric acid to give t:he 4-vitro-5_-chlo-ro-2-oxoisoindole.

The lzctam from above is O-silylated as in Example 5C2. The iactim ether is rs:acted with tetraacetyl alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (with or without the presence of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate or mercuric bromide). This is reacted with the sodium salt of methyl cyanoacetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid. The acyl groups are all removed by ammonolysis and t:he base reprotected by the usual procedure as the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl. or trichloroacetyl amides.

Alternatively, 4-chloro-2-methylbenzoic acid is nitrated with fuming nitric acid in concentrated sulfuric acid to give the 5-vitro derivative. Following esteri-fication by the method in Example 3A, this is reacted with the sodium salt of methyl cyanoacetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid. The amine is protected by reaction with trichloroacetic anhydride, aiethoxyacetic anhydride, acetic anhydride, isobutyryl. chloride or benzoyl chloride. This is converted. into the benzylic bromide by the methods in Example 3C. The benzylic bromide is converted into the lactam glucoside by treatment With beta-D-glucopyranosylamine.

The glucoside above is reacted with methanolic periodate using twice the usual amount of sodium periodate followed by reductive amination to give the morpholino nucleoside. This is tritylated by the procedure in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.

~1 X97 65 3. Subunit containinct the base of Picture 17C.
5-Formyl-2'-deoxyuridine (Barwolff and Langen) is dissolved in methanol and treated with manganese dioxide in the presence of sodium cyanide and acetic acid according to the general procedure of Corey, et a1. to provide the methyl ester. The ester is reacted with tert-butyldimethylsilyl triflate in dichloromethane in the presence of diisopropylethyl amine to protect the alcohols. The heterocycle is activated by the method of Bischofberger (NaH, triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, THF). The 4-O-sulfonated heterocycle is treated with the tosylate salt of benzhydryl alanine (Aboderin, et a1.) in the presence of diisopropylethyl amine in DMF to give the cytosine derivative. The cytosinyl alanine derivative is oxidized to the dehydroamino acid by the general procedure of Poisel and Schmidt (tort-butyl hypochlorite in THF, followed by one equivalent of potassium tert-butoxide in THF). The product is treated with a catalytic amount of Potassium tort-butoxide in hot THF to provide the pyrimidopyridine. The benzhydryl ester is removed by hydrogenolysis using hydrogen over palladium/carbon. The acid is treated with diphenylphos-phoryl azide in benzyl alcohol (or benzyl alcohol/dioxane) containing triethylamine according to Shioiri, et a1. Following hydrogenolysis to cleave the carbamate, and HF-pyridine to remove the silyl groups, the molecule is N-protected as the trichloroacetamide or phenylacetamide by the usual procedure.
In a similar manner, 5'-formyluridine, prepared from 5-methyluridine by the procedures in Barwolff and Langen, is converted into the corresponding pyrimidopyridine riboside. The riboside is converted into the morpholine nucleoside by the usual procedure, and protected as the N-trityl derivative.

~:0 94112517 PC'T/US93I11377 ~ 1 4;97 8 9 5. Subunit containing the baseof FiQUre 188.
The imidazo[5,i-i]purine (1 mmol) was prepared as in example 4Ciii and dissolved in a methanol/dimethylformamide mixture and treated with 1,3-diaminopropane (20 mmol) at room temperature. After several hours at ambient temperatures, the mixture was heated in a sealed vessel to complete the removal of the benzoate esters. Alternatively, the rearrangement and hydrolysis may be affected 'with 2M sodium hydroxide in dimethylsulfoxide.
This and other tautome:ric aminobenzimidazole moieties in this disclosure may be protected on the reactive amino and benzimidazole nitrogens as was done in Example 3A. Alternatively, the trifluoroacetamide may be prepared by employing the transient protection procedure for alcohols from Example 1 (trimethylsilyl chloride and pyridine) and reacting the ;silylated species with trifluoroacetic anhydride t~o acylate the exocyclic amino group. A similar reaction scheme will produce the _trichloracetamide. The benzimidazole type nitrogen may then be protected by a foll~owinq reaction, again using the transient protection procedure, with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in pyridine. In this latter reaction, two tautomeric sulfonated products may be obtained, but their separation is not essential.
The ribose above may b~e converted into the morpholine nucleoside by the procedure in example 2C.
The preparation of subunits containing the deoxyribose moiety can be achieved if the initial chloropurine used contains .a deoxyribose. Thus, the tri-O-benzoyl derivative of 6-chloropurinedeoxyriboside (prepared by benzoylation o:E the free hydroxyl soecies obtained from Robins and Ba:aom) is employed in the coupling with the aminoacetoacetate derivative.

?1 497 65 An alternative entry into compounds of this structural type, which allows for the placement of substituents at the benzimidazole carbon other than hydrogen, is as follows. 4,6-Dichloro-5-iiitropyrimidine was reacted with beta-1-amino-2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-D-galactose (Kunz a.nd Pfrengle). The monoadduct was reduced with F,aney-Nickel and hydrogen gas to the 5-wino pyrimidine species. This was converted into the 5-acylamino species by reaction with the corresponding acid anhydride or acid chloride, or other acid derivative in pyridine.
Thermolysis of the amide (30-200) provided the 6-chloro-8-substituted-9-galactosylpurine. For example, reaction of the amine with difluorothioacetyl fluoride (Martin) yields an intermediate thioamide which was readily cyclized to the difluoromethyl benzimidazole moiety.
These species may then be treated with an alkyl 2-(alkyloxycarbonylamino)-3-oxobutanoate and carried on as above to prepare the galactosyl substituted series.
The pivaloyl groups were removed in the rearrangement step of the imidazo[5,1-i]purine to the pyrido[2,3-d:4,5-d']diimidazole, as were the benzoyl groups in the ribosyl series. Conversion of the final galactosyl substituted subunit into the morpholine subunits was done as per Example 2C except that 2 equivalents of sodium periodate is used.
Other glycosylamines may be employed in the reaction with the dichloronitropyrimidine. Examples include the tetrabenzoates of both beta-D-glucosylamine and beta-D-galactosylamine (Caballero, et al).
5. Subunit Containing the Base of Figure 31C.
4-Chloro-3-nitrophenol was brominated to produce the 6-bromo species and reacted with dimethoxymethane and WO 94/12517 ~ ~ ~ ~I ~~ PCT/US93111377 tosic acid in dichloromethane by the method of Yardley and Fletcher to produce the methoxymethyl ether. The ether was then treated with the sodium salt of ethyl cyanoacetate in ethanol and the product reduced with iron filings in acetic acid to provide the amino indole ester.
Water was added to produce an 80% acetic acid mixture and the suspension heated. After filtration of the iron and removal of the solvent, the amino group was protected as the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbamate by the procedures in ExamplE 1 (transient protection). The phenol was nitrated with nitric acid/acetic anhydride, the nitro reduced with hydrogen sulfi~de/pyridine, and the oxazole formed as in example 4Aii. Examples of substituents which may be incorporated onto the oxazole carbon are hydrogen, methyl, difluoromethyl, and trifluoromethyl. The bromo aromatic was coupled to the pyranoid glycal to produce the subunit with the glucose moiety. After complete desilylation of the molecule, the amino pyrrole was protected as the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamide as per Example 1. The glucosyl su.bunit may be converted into the morpholine containing subunit by the method of Example 2C except that two equivalents of sodium periodate is employed in the oxidation step.
6. Subunit Containing the Base of Figure 31D.
3-Fluoro-4-nitrophenol was reacted with dimethoxymethane and tosic acid in dichloromethane by the method of Yardley and Fletcher to produce the methoxymethyl ether.
The ether was the treated with the sodium salt of ethyl cyanoacetate in ethanol and the product reduced with iron filings in acetic acid to provide the amino indole ester.
Water was added to produce an 80% acetic acid mixture and the suspension is heated. .After filtering the iron, and removal of the solvent, the amino group was protected as the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbamate by the procedures WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 in Example 1 (transient protection). The phenol was reacted with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride and the triflate coupled to the pyranoid glycal by the method in Example 4Aii to produce the subunit with the glucose moiety. Following complete desilylation of the molecule, the amino pyrrole was protected as the trifluoro- or trichloroacetamide a~ per Example 1. The glucosyl subunit may be converted into the morpholine containing subunit by the method of Example 2C except that two equivalents of sodium periodate is employed in the oxidation step.
Example 5 Preparation of 4-Membered Hicth-Specificity Subunit Set Containincr N-Carbox~rmethylmorpholino-5'-amino Backbone (Figure 6CZ
Subunits containing ribose, galactose, or glucose moieties are prepared as in Example 4, and their respective sugar moieties are converted to the N-Carboxymethylmorpholino-5'-tritylated amine form by the method described in Example 2D.
Example 6 Representative Polymer Assemblv Procedures for 2'-0-Methvlribose (Figure 5B) and 2'-Deoxyribose-containing (Figure 5A) subunits The protected 2'-Deoxyriboside-containing subunits and the protected 2'-O-Methylriboside-containing subunits are converted into their corresponding 3'-H-phosphonate salts by the methods given in Sakataume, et a1. and poly-merized on solid support by the method in this source.
When the assembly of the polymer chain is complete, the supported malecule is treated with a primary or secondary amine in the presence of either iodine or carbon tetrachloride as per the method of Froehler. The WO 94/12517 214-9 Ir ~ ~ PCT/US93/11377 phorphoramidate-linked polymer is removed from the support and deprotected by 'the usual methods involving ammonolysis (Froehler).
Example 7 Representative Act_'Lva~:ion Procedures for Morpholino-Containing Subunits A. Activation of 5'-Hydroxyl of Morpholino Subunit Dimethylaminodichloroplzosphate is prepared as follows: a suspension containing 0.1 mole of dimethylamine hydrochloride in 0.2 mole of phosphorous oxychloride is refluxed for 12 hours and then distilled (boiling point is 36°C at 0.5 mm Hg).
Activation of the 5'Hydroxyl of a morpholino-containing subunit prepared as in Example 2C entails dissolving one mmole of 5'hydroxyl subunit, base-protected and tritylated on the morpholino nitrogen, in ml of dichloromethane. '.Co this solution 4 mmole of 20 N,N-diethylaniline and 1 mmole of 4-methoxypyridine-N-oxide are added. After dis:~olution, 2 mmole of dimethylaminodichlorophosphate is added. After two hours the product is isolated by chromatography on silica gel developed with 10% acetone/90% chloroform. The same procedure, except substituting ethyldichlorothiophosphate instead of dimethylaminodichlorophosphate, gives an activated subunit with similar utility.
B. Activation of 5'-~'~mine of Moroholino-Containin_c_t Subunit The 5'hydroxyl of a morpholino-containing subunit, having exocyclic amino groups of the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, prepared as in Example 2C can be converted to the amine as follows. To 500 ml of DMSO is added 1.0 mole of pyridine (Pyr), 0.5 ~~49~69~:~

mole of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), and 0.1 mole of the morpholino subunit. The mixture is stirred until dissolved, and then 0.5 mole of diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC) or dicyclohexylcarbod.iimide (DCC) is added. After 2 hours the reaction mixture is added to 8 liters of rapidly stirred brine, which is stirred for 30 minutes and filtered. The solid is~ dried briefly, washed with 1 ~iter of ice cold hexanes, filtered, and the solid is added to 0.2 mole of sodium cyanoborohydride in 1 liter of methanol, stirred for 10 minutes, 0.4 mole of benzotriazole or p-nitrophe;nol is added, followed by 0.2 mole of methylamine (40% in H20) and the preparation is stirred four hours at room temperature Note: the benzotriazole or p-nitrophe:nol buffers the reaction mixture to prevent racemiza.tion at the 4' carbon of the subunit at the i.minium stage of the reductive alkyla-tion]. Finally, the reaction mixture is poured into 5 liters of water, stirred until a good precipitate forms, and the solid is collected and dried. This dried product is next suspended in DMF and 4 equivalents of S03/pyridine complex is added. Over a period of several hours, 8 equivalents of triethylamine is added dropwise with stirring. After an additional two hours the preparation is dumped into a large volume of brine and the solid collected by filtration and. dried. This sulfamic acid preparation is then purif ie:d by silica gel chromatography.
Ten mmole of the triet.hylamine salt of sulfated sub-unit protected on the recognition moiety and on the nitrogen of the morpholino ring is dissolved in 10 ml of dichloromethane and then 40~ mmole of pyridine is added.
This solution is chilled for 15 minutes on a bed of dry ice and then 1.1 mmole of phosgene (20% in Toluene) is slowly added while the solution is rapidly stirred.

After addition, the solution is allowed to come to room temperature and then washed with aqueous NaHC03, dried, and chroma~cographed on silica gel eluted with a mixture of chloroform and acetone to give the desired sulfamoyl chloride.
C. :activation of Annular Morpholino NitrogEn This axample describes the preparation of a morpholino subunit protected on its 5' oxygen and sulfated oa its morpholino ring nitrogen. Morpholino-containing subunit prepared as in Example 2C, but not carried through the last tritylation step, is silylated on its 5' hydroxyl with t-butyldimethlsilyl chloride.
This product is then treated with S03/pyridine complex (with excess pyridine) in dimethylformamide (DMF) to give a sulfamic acid on the annular morpholino nitrogen.
It should be mentioned that the salts of sulfamic acids can be chromatographe~d on silica gel using triethylamine/methanol/chlo:roform mixtures if the silica is first pr_e-eluted with 2% triethylamine in chloroform.
This sulfamic acid on 'the morpholino nitrogen is converted to the sulfamoyl .chloride and purified as in Example 7B above.
D. Activation of N-Carboxvmethyl of Morpholino Carboxylate-containing subunits, such as prepared in Examples 2D and 2E, are activated as follows. Ten mmole of the subunit is dissolved in DMF containing 20 mmole of p-nitrophenol and 15 mmole of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide.
After 1 hour the product is rotovaped and then purified by silica gel chromatography developed with a mixture of acetone and chloroform.

WO 94/1251? PCT/US93/11377 2149~~5 Example 8 Representative Solid-Phase Polymer Assembly of Mor~holino-containing Subunits (Figure 33) This example describes a method which is generally applicable for assembly of activated subunits, prepared as in Examples 7A and 7B, to give phosphorodiamidate-linked, ethylthiophosphoramidate-linked, and sulfamate-linked binding polymzrs. A similar scheme wherein the coupling step includes the addition of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and use of N,N-diisopropyl-2-methoxyethylamine instead of diisopropylethanolamine, is suitable for assembly of subunits prepared as in Example 7C to give sulfamate-linked polymers. A similar scheme, wherein the coupling step is carried out in dimethylform-amide instead of dichloromethane, is suitable for assembly of subunits activated as in Example 7D to give amide-linked polymers.
A. Linker Aminomethyl polystyrene resin (Catalog no. A1160, from Sigma Chemical Co.) 1% divinylbenzene crosslinked, 200 to 400 mesh, 1.1 mMole of N per gram, is suspended in dichloromethane and transferred to a 1 cm diameter column having a frit on the bottom, to give a resin bed volume of 2.5 ml.
One mMole of bis[2-(succinimidooxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl]sulfone (Pierce Chemical Co. of Rockford, Illinois, USA) is added to a dichloromethane solution containing 1 mMole of N-tritylated piperazine. After 2 hours the reaction mixture is chromatographed on silica gel developed with an acetone/chloroform mixture to give a mono-activated beta-elimination-cleavable linker.
134 MicroMole of the above linker is dissolved in 1 ml of dichloromethane and added to the resin in the synthesis column and the resin suspension agitated for 3 WO 94112517 214-9'~ 6 ~ ~T~S93/11377 hours at 30°C. Next, 1 mMole of diisopropylaminoethanol and 1 mMole of acetic anhydride is added and agitation continued for 10 minutes, followed by addition of 2 mMole of benzylmethylamine and agitation for 20 minutes. The column is washed with 30 ml dichloromethane. Based on release of trityl, the above procedure typically gives on the order of 100 to 110 mic,romoles of bound linker.
B. Coupling Cycle fD~etricylation/Couplinga/Capping_Z
The coupling cycle described below is used for adding each subunit in an order appropriate to give a polymer having the desired sequence of subunits.
1. Detritylation. Add a solution containing 53 ml of dichloromethane, 6 ml of trifluoroethanol, and 1 gram of cyanoacetic acid. After this solution has passed through, wash the column with 40 ml of dichloromethane, followed by 20 ml of dichloromethane containing 4 mMole of diisopropylaminoethanol. Wash the column with l0 ml of dichloromethane.
2. Cou_plincr. A.dd 1 ml of dichloromethane containing 120 microliter of diisopropylaminoethanol to 0.25 mMole of activated subunit (prepared as in Example 7A or 7B) and add to the column and agitate at 37 °C for 1 hr. Wash the column with 30 ml dichloromethane. Note:
excess unreacted activated subunit can be conveniently recovered simply by adding 4 volumes of hexane to this eluant and filtering.
3. Caopinq. Add to the column 2 ml of dichloromethane containing 1 mMole of diisopropylaminoethanol and 1 mMole of acetic anhydride and agitate at 37 °C for 10 minutes. Add to the column 10 ml of dichloromethane containing 1 mMole of 21 ~-9 716 5 benzylmethylamine, and agitate the resin bed at 37 °C for 20 min. Wash the column with 30 ml dichioromethane.
C. Cleavage from support and deprotection After all the subunits have been added by the above coupling procedure, the full length polymer is cleaved From the support by eluting the column with a solution :.onsisting of 2.5 ml of diethylmalonate, 5 ml of 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, and 43 ml dichloromethane. The polymer is then precipitated from this eluant by adding ether.
If it is desirable to add a moiety to enhance aqueous solubility, or to enhance target binding affinity, or to facilitate uptake by specific cell or tissue types, then the secondary aliphatic amine generated upon cleavage from the polystyrene support provides a site for attachment of such moieties at this stage of the polymer preparation.
The polymer product is next dissolved in DMF and an equal volume of conNH40H added, the preparation capped tightly, and incubated 18 hrs at 37 °C. Subsequently, the preparation is dried under reduced pressure to give a polymer preparation wherein the base-pair recognition moieties are deprotected and at one end of the polymer is a trityl moiety, and at the other end is a secondary aliphatic amine which, as noted above, may be derivatized Frior to the ammonia treatment.
Example 9 Polvmer Purification Methods The full-length polymer having a terminal trityl moiety (typically greater than 50% of the total mass of the preparation for a 24-subunit long polymer) can be separated from the capped failure sequences by low pressure chromatography on a column of chromatographic grade polypropylene (Catalog No. 4342 from PolySciences Inc.) developed with an aceaonitrile/water gradient, with the eluant monitored photom~etrically at 254 nm.
Purifications are typically performed using the following conditions: the polymer is. suspended in water, the solution adjusted to pH il with dimethylamine and the eluting solvents also adjusted to pH 11 with dimethylamine. In this system, the tritylated full-length polymer elutes appreciably later than the ncn-trityl-containing capped failure sequences.
The fractions containing full- length polymer are collected and dried down under reduced pressure. The polymer preparation is then detritylated by suspending in trifluoroethanol (1 g polymer in 25 ml TFE) and 1.5 ml of mercaptoacetic acid added. After 10 minutes, 100 ml of ether is added and the final pure product collected by centrifugation or filtration.
Example 10 Polymer Assembly Via Novel Oxidation/Ring Closure/Reductio:n Method lFiuure 39) A. Synthesis Sup~~ort, The solid support used in this synthesis should be hydrophilic, but should not contain vicinyl hydroxyls.
Add an aqueous slurry of "MACRO-PREP 50 CM" (Catalog No.
156-0070 from Bio-Rad Laboratories, Richmond, Calif., USA) to a fritted column to give a 5 ml packed bed volume (containing approximately 1 mMole of carboxylate). Wash this synthesis support with 100 ml of 0.1 N HC1 and then 50 ml water. Pass 50 ml of DMF (dimethylfoyrmamide) through the column and drain. Add 5 ml of DMF containing 5 mMole of diisopropylcarbodiimide and 5 mMole of p-nitrophenol and incubate with agitation at 30°C for 3 hours. Wash the column with 100 ml of DMF and then add WO 94/12517 ~ PCT/US93/11377 20 mMole of piperazine in 10 ml of DMF and agitate for 15 minutes. Wash the column with 50 ml of DMF and drain.
B. Addition of Linker and First Subunit To 1 mMole of a ribose-containing subunit having a carbazate moiety at the 5' of the ribose (prepared as in Example 2F) in 5 ml of DMF, add 3 mMole of Bis[2-(suc-cinimidooxycarbonylcxy)-ethyl]sulfone (Pierce Chemical Co. of Rockford, Illinois, USA) and incubate at 30°C for 3 hours. To the reaction mixture add ether and collect the precipitate. Wash the precipitated linker-subunit with ether, resuspend in 5 ml of DMF, add to the synthesis support, and incubate with agitation for 3 hrs at 30°C. Wash the support with 50 ml of DMF, and then with 100 ml of water.
C. Coublina Cycle 1. Oxidation of Vicinyl Hydroxyls. Dissolve 5 mMole of sodium periodate in 10 ml of water, add to column, and agitate for 10 minutes. Wash column with 50 ml of water and drain.
2. Morbholino Rina Closure/Reduction.
Dissolve 2 mMole of sodium cyanoborohydride in 5 ml of water, adjust pH to between 7 and 8 with trimethylacetic acid, add 1.5 mMole of the next ribose-containing 5'-carbazate subunit, and add to the column containing the synthesis support. Incubate with agitation for 30 min at 30°C. Add formic acid to reduce pH to between 3 and 4, and incubate at 30°C for 10 minutes. Wash column with 100 ml of water.
Repeat this coupling cycle until all subunits have been added to give the desired full-length polymer.

21~.9~65 3. Addition of 'terminal Moieties. If it is desirable to add to the binding polymer a moiety to enhance aqueous solubility, or to enhance target binding affinity, or to facilitate uptake by specific cell or tissue types, this can be conveniently achieved at this stage by oxidizing the vicinyl hydroxyls of the terminal subunit of the polymer and, by the morpholino ring closure/reduction procedure described above, adding said moieties containing a primary aliphatic amine.
4. Cleavage from the Support. After all the subunits of the polymer, and any desired additional groups, have been added by t:he above coupling procedure, the polymer is cleaved from the support by washing the column with 50 ml of DMF, and then eluting the column with a solution consisting of 2.5 ml of diethylmalonate, 5 ml of 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, and 43 ml of DMF. The polymer is then precipitated from this eluant by adding ether.
The full-length polymer can be purified by low pressure chromatography on a column of chromatographic grade polypropylene (Catalog No. 4342 from PolySciences Inc.) developed with an acet:onitrile/water gradient, with the eluant monitored photomearically at 254 nm. Purifi-cations generally go better when the polymer is suspended in water and then the solution adjusted to pH 11 with di-methylamine and the eluting solvents also adjusted to pH
11 with dimethyl amine.
Although the invention has been described with respect to particular polymer subunits, methods of preparing the subunits, and polymer assembly, it will be appreciated that various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the invention.

Claims (24)

IT IS CLAIMED:
1. A polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner to a target sequence of a duplex polynucleotide containing at least two different-oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs at selected positions in the target sequence, comprising a specific sequence of polymer backbone subunits having the form:

~~or~ where Y is a 2- or 3-atom length, uncharged intersubunit linkage group; R' is H, OH, or O-alkyl; the 5'-methylene has a .beta. stereochemical orientation in the 5-membered ring and a uniform stereochemical orientation in the 6-membered ring; R i has a .beta. stereochemical orientation; and at least about 70% of R i groups in the polymer are selected from two or more of the following base-pair-specificity groups:
(a) for a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, R i is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the site of attachment to said polymer backbone subunit:

~~~~~~ where the * ring position may carry directly attached thereto a hydrogen-bond donor group, selected from H or NH2 ; and where the ring optionally contains X where X is a moiety having a size and shape effective to afford methyl discriminative binding on the basis of a methyl moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair and where the size of X is larger than hydrogen;
(b) for a C:G oriented base-pair, R i is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the site of attachment to said polymer backbone subunit:

~~~~~~ where the * ring position may carry as part of the ring or directly attached thereto a hydrogen-bond acceptor group, containing an atom selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, F, Cl and Br; and where the ring optionally contains X, where X is a moiety having a size and shape effective to afford methyl discriminative binding on the basis of a methyl moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair and where the size of X is larger than hydrogen; and Z is oxygen or sulfur;
(c) for a G:C oriented base-pair, R i is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the site of attachment to said polymer backbone subunit:

~~~~ ~~~~ where the * ring position may carry as part of the ring or directly attached thereto a hydrogen-bond acceptor group, containing an atom selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, F, Cl and Br; and where the ring optionally contains X, where X is a moiety having a size and shape effective to afford methyl discriminative binding on the basis of a methyl moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair and where the size of X is larger than hydrogen; and, (d) for an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, R i is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the site of attachment to said polymer backbone subunit:

~~~~ ~~~~ where the * ring position may carry directly attached thereto a hydrogen-bond donating group, selected from H or NH2; and where the ring optionally contains X, where X is a moiety having a size and shape effective to afford methyl discriminative binding on the basis of a methyl moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair, and where up to about 30% of said R i groups comprise low or non-specificity bases effective to provide for continuity of subunit base stacking in the target bound polymer, excluding polymers in which at least about 70% of R i groups in the polymer are selected from two or more of the following base-pair specificity groups:
(i) for a T:A or U:A oriented base-pairs, R i is 2,6-diaminopurine;
(ii) for a C:G oriented base-pair, R i is guanine or 6-thioguanine;
(iii) for a G:C oriented base-pair, R i is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the polymer backbone:

~~~~~ (iv) for an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, R i is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the polymer backbone:

~~~~~~

where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donning group; and excluding polymers in which the R i groups are and ~~~~and/or~~
2. The polymer composition of claim 1, containing one or more subunits of the form:

3. The polymer composition of claim 1, containing one or more subunits of the form:

4. The polymer composition of claim 3, containing one or more subunits of the form:

5. The polymer composition of claim 1, wherein the Y linkage group in each of the subunits is three atoms in length.
6. The polymer composition of claim 5, wherein one or more subunits of the polymer are selected from the group consisting of:

~~ ~~ ~~
7. The polymer composition of claim 6, wherein one or more subunits of the polymer are selected from the group consisting of:

8. The polymer composition of claim 1, for use in sequence-specific binding to an A-form duplex nucleic acid, wherein the Y linkage group in each of the subunits is two atoms in length.
9. The polymer composition of claim 8, wherein one or more subunits of the polymer are selected from ~~or ~
10. The polymer composition of claim 8, wherein one or more subunits of the polymer are selected from the group consisting of:

~~~~~
11. The polymer composition of claim 1, which contains at least one R i structure selected from the group consisting of:

~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~~~
12. The polymer of claim 1, wherein at least one R i structure specific for a G:C oriented base pair is selected from the group consisting of the following bases:

~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~
13. The polymer of claim 1, wherein at least one R i structure specific for an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair is selected from the group consisting of the following bases:

~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~

~~ ~~
14. The polymer of claim 1, wherein at least one R i structure specific far a C:G oriented base-pair is selected from the group consisting of the following bases:

~~ ~~ ~~ ~~
15. The polymer of claim 1, wherein at leapt one R i structure specific for an T:A or U:A oriented base-pair is selected from the group consisting of the following bases:

~~ ~~
16. The polymer composition of claim 1, wherein up to about 30% of the R i groups in the polymer are cytosine, at polymer subunits corresponding to a G:C oriented base-pair in the target sequence, and thymine or uracil, at polymer subunits corresponding to an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair in the target sequence.
17. The composition of claim 1, wherein the polymer contains one or more hydrophilic moieties effective to enhance the solubility of the polymer in aqueous medium.
18. A method for isolating, from a liquid sample, a target duplex nucleic acid having a selected target sequence of base-pairs, comprising:
i) contacting the sample with a polymer reagent composed of, the polymer composition of claim 1 having a subunit sequence effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner with the selected target sequence of base-pairs, under conditions effective for sequence-specific binding of the polymer composition to the selected target sequence of base-pairs; and attached to said polymer, a capture group which permits isolation of said reagent from solution, and ii) separating the polymer reagent from the liquid sample.
19. The method of claim 18, for use in detecting the presence of such target fragment in a liquid sample, which further includes testing the separated polymer reagent for the presence of bound duplex nucleic acid.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the capture group is a solid support and said testing includes exposing said separated polymer reagent to a fluorescent compound effective to intercalate into duplex DNA.
21. A subunit composition for use in forming a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence specific manner to a target sequence in a duplex polynucleotide, comprising one of the following subunit structures:

where R' is H, OH or O-alkyl; the 5'-methylene has a .beta. stereochemical orientation in subunit forms (a) and (c), and a uniform stereochemical orientation in subunit form (b) and (d); X is hydrogen or a protective group or a linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; Y is a nucleophilic or electrophilic linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer;
and X and Y together are such that when two of said subunits are linked, the resulting intersubunit linkage is 2 or 3 atoms in length and uncharged;
Z is a 2-atom or 3-atom long moiety; and, R i, which may be in the protected state and has a .beta. stereochemical orientation, is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the site of attachment to said subunit:

~~ ~~ ~~ where the * ring position may carry as part of the ring or directly attached thereto a hydrogen-bond acceptor group containing an atom selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, F, Cl and Br; and where the ring optionally contains X, where X is a moiety having a size and shape effective to afford methyl discriminative binding on the basis of a methyl moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair and where the size of X is larger than hydrogen;
or, where R i is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B
indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:

~~ ~~ ~~ where the * ring position may carry directly attached thereto a hydrogen-bond donating group selected from H or NH2; and where the ring optionally contains X, where X is a moiety having a size and shape effective to afford methyl discriminative binding on the basis of a methyl moiety at the 5 position of the pyrimidine of the target base-pair, and where the size of X is larger than hydrogen.
22. A polymer composition of claim 1, capable of discriminating, on the basis of binding affinity, between (a) a selected target sequence in a duplex polynucleotide containing at least one pyrimidine-purine base-pair at a selected position in the target sequence, wherein the pyrimidine base has a hydrogen on the 5 ring position, and (b) the same sequence but in which the pyrimidine of the base pair at the selected position contains a methyl group on the 5 ring position of the pyrimidine, where at least one R i is selected from the group consisting of where X has a size and shape effective to selectively reduce binding of R i to a base-pair having a methyl on the 5 ring position of the pyrimidine such that for structures (a) through (f), X is larger than hydrogen, oxygen or fluorine, and for structures (g) and (h), X is larger than hydrogen.
23. The polymer of claim 22, wherein at least one R i is selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f), and where X is selected from the group consisting of sulfur, chlorine, bromine, cyano, azido, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl.
24. The polymer of claim 22, wherein at least one R i is selected from the group consisting of (g) and (h), and where X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, fluorine, and methyl.
CA002149765A 1992-11-23 1993-11-23 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids Expired - Fee Related CA2149765C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US07/979,158 1992-11-23
US07/979,158 US5405938A (en) 1989-12-20 1992-11-23 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
PCT/US1993/011377 WO1994012517A1 (en) 1992-11-23 1993-11-23 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CA2149765A1 CA2149765A1 (en) 1994-06-09
CA2149765C true CA2149765C (en) 1999-08-31

Family

ID=25526745

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CA002149765A Expired - Fee Related CA2149765C (en) 1992-11-23 1993-11-23 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US5405938A (en)
EP (1) EP0669927A1 (en)
JP (1) JPH08506093A (en)
AU (1) AU676704B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2149765C (en)
WO (1) WO1994012517A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (770)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5506337A (en) * 1985-03-15 1996-04-09 Antivirals Inc. Morpholino-subunit combinatorial library and method
US6335434B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic folate conjugates
US8153602B1 (en) 1991-11-19 2012-04-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition and methods for the pulmonary delivery of nucleic acids
AU679566B2 (en) 1993-09-03 1997-07-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amine-derivatized nucleosides and oligonucleosides
US6420549B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2002-07-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs having modified dimers
JP2965131B2 (en) 1995-07-07 1999-10-18 東洋紡績株式会社 Magnetic carrier for nucleic acid binding and nucleic acid isolation method using the same
US5854033A (en) 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
US20050119470A1 (en) * 1996-06-06 2005-06-02 Muthiah Manoharan Conjugated oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation
US7875733B2 (en) * 2003-09-18 2011-01-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising 4′-thionucleosides for use in gene modulation
US20040171031A1 (en) * 1996-06-06 2004-09-02 Baker Brenda F. Sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation
US5898031A (en) 1996-06-06 1999-04-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligoribonucleotides for cleaving RNA
US9096636B2 (en) 1996-06-06 2015-08-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation
US20030044941A1 (en) 1996-06-06 2003-03-06 Crooke Stanley T. Human RNase III and compositions and uses thereof
US7812149B2 (en) 1996-06-06 2010-10-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2′-Fluoro substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations
US5955590A (en) * 1996-07-15 1999-09-21 Worcester Foundation For Biomedical Research Conjugates of minor groove DNA binders with antisense oligonucleotides
US6251591B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2001-06-26 Lorne Park Research, Inc. Quantitative method for detecting nucleotide concentration
US6046004A (en) * 1997-02-27 2000-04-04 Lorne Park Research, Inc. Solution hybridization of nucleic acids with antisense probes having modified backbones
AU731909B2 (en) 1997-07-01 2001-04-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the delivery of oligonucleotides via the alimentary canal
US6383808B1 (en) 2000-09-11 2002-05-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense inhibition of clusterin expression
WO2000018885A1 (en) * 1998-09-29 2000-04-06 Gamida Cell Ltd. Methods of controlling proliferation and differentiation of stem and progenitor cells
US20040186071A1 (en) * 1998-04-13 2004-09-23 Bennett C. Frank Antisense modulation of CD40 expression
US7321828B2 (en) 1998-04-13 2008-01-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. System of components for preparing oligonucleotides
AU745880B2 (en) * 1998-05-21 2002-04-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for non-parenteral delivery of oligonucleotides
CA2329252A1 (en) * 1998-05-21 1999-11-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions and methods for topical delivery of oligonucleotides
US6255050B1 (en) 1998-05-22 2001-07-03 Lorne Park Research, Inc. Dynamic hybridization system
US6242589B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2001-06-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorothioate oligonucleotides having modified internucleoside linkages
US6867294B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2005-03-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gapped oligomers having site specific chiral phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages
US6225293B1 (en) 1998-09-02 2001-05-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds for tracking the biodistribution of macromolecule-carrier combinations
US6077709A (en) 1998-09-29 2000-06-20 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense modulation of Survivin expression
ATE332969T1 (en) * 1998-10-26 2006-08-15 Avi Biopharma Inc MORPHOLINE-BASED P53 ANTISENSE OLIGONUCLEOTIDE AND USES THEREOF
US6300320B1 (en) 1999-01-05 2001-10-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of c-jun using inhibitors of protein kinase C
US6127124A (en) * 1999-01-20 2000-10-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorescence based nuclease assay
US7098192B2 (en) 1999-04-08 2006-08-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of STAT3 expression
US7534605B2 (en) * 1999-06-08 2009-05-19 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem CD44 polypeptides, polynucleotides encoding same, antibodies directed thereagainst and method of using same for diagnosing and treating inflammatory diseases
US6656730B1 (en) 1999-06-15 2003-12-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides conjugated to protein-binding drugs
US6593466B1 (en) 1999-07-07 2003-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Guanidinium functionalized nucleotides and precursors thereof
EP1265684A4 (en) * 1999-09-13 2003-04-16 Biotage Inc Purification device and purification method
US7332275B2 (en) * 1999-10-13 2008-02-19 Sequenom, Inc. Methods for detecting methylated nucleotides
US6261840B1 (en) 2000-01-18 2001-07-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of PTP1B expression
US20020055479A1 (en) 2000-01-18 2002-05-09 Cowsert Lex M. Antisense modulation of PTP1B expression
US20030176385A1 (en) * 2000-02-15 2003-09-18 Jingfang Ju Antisense modulation of protein expression
AU5340801A (en) * 2000-04-13 2001-10-30 Thomas N Wight Therapeutic compounds and methods
US6680172B1 (en) 2000-05-16 2004-01-20 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatments and markers for cancers of the central nervous system
US6656700B2 (en) * 2000-05-26 2003-12-02 Amersham Plc Isoforms of human pregnancy-associated protein-E
US6686188B2 (en) * 2000-05-26 2004-02-03 Amersham Plc Polynucleotide encoding a human myosin-like polypeptide expressed predominantly in heart and muscle
US20060166227A1 (en) * 2000-06-20 2006-07-27 Stephen Kingsmore Protein expression profiling
US6958214B2 (en) * 2000-07-10 2005-10-25 Sequenom, Inc. Polymorphic kinase anchor proteins and nucleic acids encoding the same
US8568766B2 (en) 2000-08-24 2013-10-29 Gattadahalli M. Anantharamaiah Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies associated with eye disease
US7264925B2 (en) * 2000-08-30 2007-09-04 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Method for analysis of oligonucleotide analogs
US20020123474A1 (en) * 2000-10-04 2002-09-05 Shannon Mark E. Human GTP-Rho binding protein2
EP2336166A1 (en) 2000-10-12 2011-06-22 University Of Rochester Compositions that inhibit proliferation of cancer cells
US7767802B2 (en) 2001-01-09 2010-08-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of anti-apoptotic genes
ATE434936T1 (en) 2001-03-14 2009-07-15 Myriad Genetics Inc TSG101-GAG INTERACTION AND THEIR USE
US7803915B2 (en) * 2001-06-20 2010-09-28 Genentech, Inc. Antibody compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
EP1992643A3 (en) 2001-06-20 2008-12-10 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US20050107595A1 (en) * 2001-06-20 2005-05-19 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
CA2790034A1 (en) 2001-06-21 2003-01-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of superoxide dismutase 1, soluble expression
US6964950B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2005-11-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of C-reactive protein expression
US7425545B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2008-09-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of C-reactive protein expression
US20030096772A1 (en) 2001-07-30 2003-05-22 Crooke Rosanne M. Antisense modulation of acyl CoA cholesterol acyltransferase-2 expression
US7407943B2 (en) 2001-08-01 2008-08-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression
US7227014B2 (en) 2001-08-07 2007-06-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein (a) expression
US20040096880A1 (en) * 2001-08-07 2004-05-20 Kmiec Eric B. Compositions and methods for the treatment of diseases exhibiting protein misassembly and aggregation
WO2003013437A2 (en) * 2001-08-07 2003-02-20 University Of Delaware Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of huntington's disease
WO2003024392A2 (en) 2001-09-18 2003-03-27 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US6750019B2 (en) 2001-10-09 2004-06-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of insulin-like growth factor binding protein 5 expression
NZ566396A (en) 2001-10-09 2009-07-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Antisense modulation of insulin-like growth factor binding protein 5 expressions
WO2003088808A2 (en) 2002-04-16 2003-10-30 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2003054143A2 (en) * 2001-10-25 2003-07-03 Neurogenetics, Inc. Genes and polymorphisms on chromosome 10 associated with alzheimer's disease and other neurodegenerative diseases
US20030170678A1 (en) * 2001-10-25 2003-09-11 Neurogenetics, Inc. Genetic markers for Alzheimer's disease and methods using the same
US20030224380A1 (en) * 2001-10-25 2003-12-04 The General Hospital Corporation Genes and polymorphisms on chromosome 10 associated with Alzheimer's disease and other neurodegenerative diseases
US6965025B2 (en) 2001-12-10 2005-11-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of connective tissue growth factor expression
EP1575571A4 (en) 2002-01-02 2008-06-25 Genentech Inc Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
IL152904A0 (en) * 2002-01-24 2003-06-24 Gamida Cell Ltd Utilization of retinoid and vitamin d receptor antagonists for expansion of renewable stem cell populations
WO2003062404A1 (en) * 2002-01-25 2003-07-31 Gamida-Cell Ltd. Methods of expanding stem and progenitor cells and expanded cell populations obtained thereby
US7553619B2 (en) * 2002-02-08 2009-06-30 Qiagen Gmbh Detection method using dissociated rolling circle amplification
US20030180712A1 (en) 2002-03-20 2003-09-25 Biostratum Ab Inhibition of the beta3 subunit of L-type Ca2+ channels
WO2003093296A2 (en) * 2002-05-03 2003-11-13 Sequenom, Inc. Kinase anchor protein muteins, peptides thereof, and related methods
US7199107B2 (en) 2002-05-23 2007-04-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of kinesin-like 1 expression
AU2003231912A1 (en) * 2002-06-12 2003-12-31 Tel Aviv Medical Center Research Development Fund Methods of detecting and treating prostate cancer
WO2003105780A2 (en) * 2002-06-18 2003-12-24 Epigenesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. A dry powder oligonucleotide formulation, preparation and its uses
AU2003257181A1 (en) 2002-08-05 2004-02-23 University Of Rochester Protein transducing domain/deaminase chimeric proteins, related compounds, and uses thereof
EP1537208A1 (en) 2002-09-13 2005-06-08 Replicor, Inc. Non-sequence complementary antiviral oligonucleotides
CA2499770A1 (en) * 2002-09-20 2004-04-01 Yale University Riboswitches, methods for their use, and compositions for use with riboswitches.
WO2004031350A2 (en) 2002-09-26 2004-04-15 Amgen, Inc. Modulation of forkhead box o1a expression
WO2004110345A2 (en) * 2002-10-29 2004-12-23 Pharmacia Corporation Differentially expressed genes involved in cancer, the polypeptides encoded thereby, and methods of using the same
CA2504720C (en) 2002-11-05 2013-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation
US9150606B2 (en) * 2002-11-05 2015-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
WO2004044139A2 (en) 2002-11-05 2004-05-27 Isis Parmaceuticals, Inc. Modified oligonucleotides for use in rna interference
US9150605B2 (en) * 2002-11-05 2015-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
CA2505801A1 (en) 2002-11-13 2004-05-27 Rosanne Crooke Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein b expression
DK1569695T3 (en) 2002-11-13 2013-08-05 Genzyme Corp ANTISENSE MODULATION OF APOLIPOPROTEIN-B EXPRESSION
US20060009378A1 (en) * 2002-11-14 2006-01-12 Itshak Golan Novel galectin sequences and compositions and methods utilizing same for treating or diagnosing arthritis and other chronic inflammatory diseases
EP2292259A3 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-03-23 MUSC Foundation For Research Development Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
WO2004046330A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Morphotek, Inc. Methods of generating high-production of antibodies from hybridomas created by in vitro immunization
AU2003294462C1 (en) 2002-11-21 2011-06-30 University Of Utah Research Foundation Purinergic modulation of smell
US7144999B2 (en) 2002-11-23 2006-12-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of hypoxia-inducible factor 1 alpha expression
CA2510587A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Qiagen Gmbh Nucleic acid amplification
US9487823B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2016-11-08 Qiagen Gmbh Nucleic acid amplification
US6977153B2 (en) * 2002-12-31 2005-12-20 Qiagen Gmbh Rolling circle amplification of RNA
NZ541637A (en) 2003-02-11 2008-07-31 Antisense Therapeutics Pty Ltd Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor
US7002006B2 (en) * 2003-02-12 2006-02-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protection of nucleosides
AU2004215133B2 (en) 2003-02-27 2010-10-14 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, antibodies and compositions containing same useful for treating and detecting influenza virus infection
US7803781B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2010-09-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of growth hormone receptor expression and insulin-like growth factor expression
US20070141570A1 (en) * 2003-03-07 2007-06-21 Sequenom, Inc. Association of polymorphic kinase anchor proteins with cardiac phenotypes and related methods
US20040185559A1 (en) 2003-03-21 2004-09-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 1 expression
US8043834B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2011-10-25 Qiagen Gmbh Universal reagents for rolling circle amplification and methods of use
US7598227B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2009-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of apolipoprotein C-III expression
US7399853B2 (en) 2003-04-28 2008-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals Modulation of glucagon receptor expression
US7276599B2 (en) * 2003-06-02 2007-10-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide synthesis with alternative solvents
CN1984921B (en) 2003-06-03 2010-06-16 Isis药物公司 Modulation of survivin expression
DK3604537T3 (en) 2003-06-13 2022-02-28 Alnylam Europe Ag Double-stranded ribonucleic acid with increased efficiency in an organism
CA2533701A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in modulation of small non-coding rnas
US7825235B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2010-11-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 2 expression
US20050053981A1 (en) * 2003-09-09 2005-03-10 Swayze Eric E. Gapped oligomeric compounds having linked bicyclic sugar moieties at the termini
US20070123480A1 (en) * 2003-09-11 2007-05-31 Replicor Inc. Oligonucleotides targeting prion diseases
EP1668130A2 (en) 2003-09-18 2006-06-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eif4e expression
US20050191653A1 (en) 2003-11-03 2005-09-01 Freier Susan M. Modulation of SGLT2 expression
EP1689432B1 (en) 2003-11-17 2009-12-30 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of tumor of hematopoietic origin
WO2006054296A2 (en) 2004-11-17 2006-05-26 Spectrum Dynamics Llc Methods of detecting prostate cancer
EP2363480A3 (en) 2004-01-20 2015-10-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of glucocorticoid receptor expression
US7468431B2 (en) 2004-01-22 2008-12-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eIF4E-BP2 expression
US8778900B2 (en) * 2004-01-22 2014-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eIF4E-BP1 expression
US20060147946A1 (en) * 2004-01-27 2006-07-06 Pinchas Akiva Novel calcium channel variants and methods of use thereof
US7842459B2 (en) 2004-01-27 2010-11-30 Compugen Ltd. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and assays and methods of use thereof for diagnosis
US8569474B2 (en) 2004-03-09 2013-10-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double stranded constructs comprising one or more short strands hybridized to a longer strand
WO2005089268A2 (en) 2004-03-15 2005-09-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for optimizing cleavage of rna by rnase h
US20050244869A1 (en) * 2004-04-05 2005-11-03 Brown-Driver Vickie L Modulation of transthyretin expression
EP1737878A2 (en) 2004-04-05 2007-01-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Process and reagents for oligonucleotide synthesis and purification
US20050260755A1 (en) * 2004-04-06 2005-11-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sequential delivery of oligomeric compounds
EP1750776A2 (en) 2004-04-30 2007-02-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Oligonucleotides comprising a c5-modified pyrimidine
NZ550772A (en) 2004-05-21 2009-10-30 Uab Research Foundation Variable lymphocyte receptors, related polypeptides and nucleic acids, and uses thereof
AU2004320622B2 (en) * 2004-06-03 2012-06-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chimeric gapped oligomeric compositions
AU2005252662B2 (en) * 2004-06-03 2011-08-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double strand compositions comprising differentially modified strands for use in gene modulation
US8394947B2 (en) 2004-06-03 2013-03-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Positionally modified siRNA constructs
US7884086B2 (en) 2004-09-08 2011-02-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugates for use in hepatocyte free uptake assays
EP1799812A4 (en) * 2004-09-16 2009-09-09 Gamida Cell Ltd Methods of ex vivo progenitor and stem cell expansion by co-culture with mesenchymal cells
ES2729826T3 (en) * 2004-09-23 2019-11-06 Arc Medical Devices Inc Pharmaceutical compositions and related methods to inhibit fibrous adhesions or inflammatory disease using low sulfate fucans
WO2006050999A2 (en) * 2004-11-15 2006-05-18 Obe Therapy Biotechnology S.A.S Methods of reducing body fat
CN101175769A (en) 2005-03-10 2008-05-07 健泰科生物技术公司 Methods and compositions for modulating vascular integrity
US7476733B2 (en) * 2005-03-25 2009-01-13 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Development of a real-time PCR assay for detection of pneumococcal DNA and diagnosis of pneumococccal disease
EP1863908B1 (en) 2005-04-01 2010-11-17 Qiagen GmbH Reverse transcription and amplification of rna with simultaneous degradation of dna
US9505867B2 (en) 2005-05-31 2016-11-29 Ecole Polytechmique Fédérale De Lausanne Triblock copolymers for cytoplasmic delivery of gene-based drugs
WO2006133022A2 (en) 2005-06-03 2006-12-14 The Johns Hopkins University Compositions and methods for decreasing microrna expression for the treatment of neoplasia
US8252756B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2012-08-28 Northwestern University Nucleic acid functionalized nanoparticles for therapeutic applications
WO2007007317A1 (en) 2005-07-07 2007-01-18 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Nucleic acid agents for downregulating h19, and methods of using same
US7776532B2 (en) 2005-08-11 2010-08-17 Synthetic Genomics, Inc. Method for in vitro recombination
AU2006281569A1 (en) 2005-08-17 2007-02-22 Medexis S.A. Composition and method for determination of CK19 expression
JP5523705B2 (en) 2005-08-29 2014-06-18 レグルス・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Method of using to modulate MIR-122A
EP1762627A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-14 Qiagen GmbH Method for the activation of a nucleic acid for performing a polymerase reaction
IL172297A (en) 2005-10-03 2016-03-31 Compugen Ltd Soluble vegfr-1 variants for diagnosis of preeclamsia
US8080534B2 (en) 2005-10-14 2011-12-20 Phigenix, Inc Targeting PAX2 for the treatment of breast cancer
EP2189522A1 (en) 2005-10-14 2010-05-26 MUSC Foundation For Research Development Targeting PAX2 for the induction of DEFB1-mediated tumor immunity and cancer therapy
CN101365801B (en) 2005-10-28 2013-03-27 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of huntingtin gene
CA2626690A1 (en) 2005-11-09 2007-05-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of factor v leiden mutant gene
WO2007062380A2 (en) 2005-11-21 2007-05-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eif4e-bp2 expression
US8846393B2 (en) 2005-11-29 2014-09-30 Gamida-Cell Ltd. Methods of improving stem cell homing and engraftment
US8313901B2 (en) * 2005-12-21 2012-11-20 Yale University Methods and compositions related to the modulation of riboswitches
CN101437933B (en) 2005-12-28 2013-11-06 斯克里普斯研究所 Natural antisense and non-coding RNA transcripts as drug targets
EP2216339A1 (en) 2006-01-16 2010-08-11 Compugen Ltd. Novel nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and methods of use thereof for diagnosis
US7569686B1 (en) 2006-01-27 2009-08-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for synthesis of bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US8129515B2 (en) 2006-01-27 2012-03-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and compositions for the use in modulation of microRNAs
KR20130042043A (en) 2006-01-27 2013-04-25 아이시스 파마수티컬즈 인코포레이티드 6-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
NZ571568A (en) 2006-03-31 2010-11-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Double-stranded RNA molecule compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of Eg5 gene
WO2007125173A2 (en) * 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Baltic Technology Development, Ltd. Antisense agents combining strongly bound base - modified oligonucleotide and artificial nuclease
US20090326042A1 (en) 2006-05-05 2009-12-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Compounds and methods for modulating expression of crp
DE102006020885A1 (en) * 2006-05-05 2007-11-08 Qiagen Gmbh Inserting a tag sequence into a nucleic acid comprises using an anchor oligonucleotide comprising a hybridizing anchor sequence and a nonhybridizing tag-template sequence
US7666854B2 (en) * 2006-05-11 2010-02-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bis-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
CN103614375A (en) 2006-05-11 2014-03-05 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Composition and method for inhibiting expression of PCSK9 gene
DK2066684T3 (en) * 2006-05-11 2012-10-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc 5'-Modified Bicyclic Nucleic Acid Analogs
CA2652770A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rnai modulation of aha and therapeutic uses thereof
WO2007137220A2 (en) 2006-05-22 2007-11-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of ikk-b gene
EP2023938A4 (en) * 2006-05-23 2010-11-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulation of chrebp expression
WO2008011473A2 (en) 2006-07-19 2008-01-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and their uses directed to hbxip
WO2008033866A2 (en) * 2006-09-11 2008-03-20 Yale University Methods and compositions for the use of lysine riboswitches
AU2007299629C1 (en) 2006-09-21 2012-05-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the HAMP gene
DK2068886T3 (en) 2006-10-03 2013-11-18 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corp Lipid-containing preparations
US20100166743A1 (en) 2006-10-06 2010-07-01 University Of Utah Research Foundation Method of detecting ocular diseases and pathologic conditions and treatment of same
WO2008136852A2 (en) 2006-11-01 2008-11-13 University Of Rochester Methods and compositions related to the structure and function of apobec3g
JP2010512327A (en) 2006-12-11 2010-04-22 ユニヴァーシティー オブ ユタ リサーチ ファウンデーション Compositions and methods for the treatment of pathological angiogenesis and vascular permeability
EP2097448A4 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-07-21 Univ Utah Res Found Method of detecting ocular diseases and pathologic conditions and treatment of same
US7928083B2 (en) * 2007-01-16 2011-04-19 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem H19 silencing nucleic acid agents for treating rheumatoid arthritis
US20100196403A1 (en) * 2007-01-29 2010-08-05 Jacob Hochman Antibody conjugates for circumventing multi-drug resistance
WO2009045469A2 (en) 2007-10-02 2009-04-09 Amgen Inc. Increasing erythropoietin using nucleic acids hybridizable to micro-rna and precursors thereof
MX2009008470A (en) * 2007-02-09 2009-11-26 Univ Northwestern Particles for detecting intracellular targets.
JP2010520749A (en) * 2007-02-27 2010-06-17 ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ Binding molecules to nanoparticles
JP2010521977A (en) 2007-03-22 2010-07-01 イェール ユニバーシティー Methods and compositions for riboswitches that regulate alternative splicing
PE20090064A1 (en) 2007-03-26 2009-03-02 Novartis Ag DOUBLE-CHAIN RIBONUCLEIC ACID TO INHIBIT THE EXPRESSION OF THE HUMAN E6AP GENE AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT
AP3018A (en) 2007-03-29 2014-10-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibiting expressionof a gene from the ebola
EP2162552A4 (en) 2007-05-11 2010-06-30 Univ Johns Hopkins Biomarkers for melanoma
JP2010528617A (en) 2007-05-29 2010-08-26 イェール ユニバーシティー Riboswitches and methods and compositions for using riboswitches and for use with riboswitches
JP2010528616A (en) * 2007-05-29 2010-08-26 イェール ユニバーシティー Methods and compositions related to riboswitches that regulate alternative splicing and RNA splicing
WO2008150729A2 (en) 2007-05-30 2008-12-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N-substituted-aminomethylene bridged bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
AU2008259907B2 (en) * 2007-05-30 2014-12-04 Northwestern University Nucleic acid functionalized nanoparticles for therapeutic applications
US7807372B2 (en) * 2007-06-04 2010-10-05 Northwestern University Screening sequence selectivity of oligonucleotide-binding molecules using nanoparticle based colorimetric assay
WO2008154401A2 (en) 2007-06-08 2008-12-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbocyclic bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
WO2009006478A2 (en) * 2007-07-05 2009-01-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-disubstituted bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US20100184823A1 (en) 2007-07-05 2010-07-22 Mark Aron Labow dsRNA For Treating Viral Infection
EP2188298B1 (en) * 2007-08-15 2013-09-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs
JP2010537638A (en) 2007-08-28 2010-12-09 ユーエービー リサーチ ファウンデーション Synthetic apolipoprotein E mimetic polypeptides and methods of use
WO2009032693A2 (en) 2007-08-28 2009-03-12 Uab Research Foundation Synthetic apolipoprotein e mimicking polypeptides and methods of use
US8415455B2 (en) 2007-09-04 2013-04-09 Compugen Ltd Polypeptides and polynucleotides, and uses thereof as a drug target for producing drugs and biologics
US8445217B2 (en) 2007-09-20 2013-05-21 Vanderbilt University Free solution measurement of molecular interactions by backscattering interferometry
WO2009039442A1 (en) * 2007-09-21 2009-03-26 California Institute Of Technology Nfia in glial fate determination, glioma therapy and astrocytoma treatment
CA2704560A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-14 Baltic Technology Development, Ltd. Use of oligonucleotides with modified bases in hybridization of nucleic acids
US8097712B2 (en) 2007-11-07 2012-01-17 Beelogics Inc. Compositions for conferring tolerance to viral disease in social insects, and the use thereof
ES2641290T3 (en) 2007-11-20 2017-11-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc CD40 expression modulation
US8546556B2 (en) * 2007-11-21 2013-10-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Carbocyclic alpha-L-bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
EP2245159A2 (en) 2007-12-10 2010-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of factor vii gene
JP5749494B2 (en) 2008-01-02 2015-07-15 テクミラ ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレイション Improved compositions and methods for delivery of nucleic acids
EP2265627A2 (en) * 2008-02-07 2010-12-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexitol nucleic acid analogs
CA2716793A1 (en) 2008-03-05 2009-09-11 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of eg5 and vegf genes
EP2282744B1 (en) 2008-03-21 2018-01-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclic nucleosides and methods for their use
EP2285819B1 (en) * 2008-04-04 2013-10-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising neutrally linked terminal bicyclic nucleosides
EP2982753B1 (en) 2008-04-18 2018-06-06 Baxter International Inc. Microsphere-based composition for preventing and/or reversing new-onset autoimmune diabetes
WO2009134917A2 (en) * 2008-04-29 2009-11-05 Wyeth Methods for treating inflammation
US8082730B2 (en) * 2008-05-20 2011-12-27 Caterpillar Inc. Engine system having particulate reduction device and method
US20110237646A1 (en) * 2008-08-07 2011-09-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of transthyretin expression for the treatment of cns related disorders
EP3081648A1 (en) 2008-08-25 2016-10-19 Excaliard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotides directed against connective tissue growth factor and uses thereof
EP3208337A1 (en) 2008-09-02 2017-08-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for combined inhibition of mutant egfr and il-6 expression
US8604192B2 (en) * 2008-09-24 2013-12-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclohexenyl nucleic acids analogs
WO2010036698A1 (en) 2008-09-24 2010-04-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted alpha-l-bicyclic nucleosides
JP5529142B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2014-06-25 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Lipid formulation composition and method for inhibiting expression of serum amyloid A gene
AU2009303345B2 (en) 2008-10-09 2015-08-20 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Improved amino lipids and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids
CA2966011C (en) 2008-10-15 2021-10-19 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of factor 11 expression
US8168775B2 (en) 2008-10-20 2012-05-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of transthyretin
US8987435B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2015-03-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and methods
CN102264374B (en) 2008-10-24 2015-01-07 Isis制药公司 5' and 2' bis-substituted nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
AU2009316286B2 (en) 2008-11-24 2016-05-26 Northwestern University Polyvalent RNA-nanoparticle compositions
WO2010061393A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2010-06-03 Compugen Ltd. He4 variant nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and methods of use thereof
CN102307997B (en) 2008-12-04 2018-03-30 库尔纳公司 By suppressing to treat the related disease of Sirtuin 1 (SIRT1) for the natural antisense transcript of Sirtuin 1
US20110294870A1 (en) 2008-12-04 2011-12-01 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of tumor suppressor gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to the gene
ES2629630T3 (en) 2008-12-04 2017-08-11 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to erythropoietin (EPO) by inhibiting the natural antisense transcript to EPO
EP2633854B1 (en) 2008-12-05 2015-09-16 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. miRNA-9 or miRNA-9* for use in treating ALS
AU2009324534B2 (en) 2008-12-10 2015-07-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. GNAQ targeted dsRNA compositions and methods for inhibiting expression
CA2746508A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-07-15 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Antisense compositions and methods for modulating contact hypersensitivity or contact dermatitis
JP5801205B2 (en) * 2009-01-08 2015-10-28 ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ Inhibition of bacterial protein production by multivalent oligonucleotide modified nanoparticle conjugates
US20100233270A1 (en) * 2009-01-08 2010-09-16 Northwestern University Delivery of Oligonucleotide-Functionalized Nanoparticles
US20120101148A1 (en) 2009-01-29 2012-04-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. lipid formulation
US9745574B2 (en) 2009-02-04 2017-08-29 Rxi Pharmaceuticals Corporation RNA duplexes with single stranded phosphorothioate nucleotide regions for additional functionality
WO2010090969A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs
CN102439149B (en) 2009-02-12 2018-01-02 库尔纳公司 By suppressing to treat the related diseases of GDNF for the natural antisense transcript of the glial derived neurotrophic factor (GDNF)
ES2762610T3 (en) 2009-02-12 2020-05-25 Curna Inc Treatment of diseases related to brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) by inhibition of natural antisense transcript for BDNF
WO2010099341A1 (en) 2009-02-26 2010-09-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of mig-12 gene
AU2010221419B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2015-10-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleic acid chemical modifications
ES2845644T3 (en) 2009-03-04 2021-07-27 Curna Inc Treatment of sirtuin1-related diseases (SIRT1) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript to sirtuin 1
US20100267806A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-10-21 David Bumcrot LIPID FORMULATED COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING EXPRESSION OF Eg5 AND VEGF GENES
MX2011009751A (en) 2009-03-16 2011-09-29 Opko Curna Llc Treatment of nuclear factor (erythroid-derived 2)-like 2 (nrf2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to nrf2.
WO2010107740A2 (en) 2009-03-17 2010-09-23 Curna, Inc. Treatment of delta-like 1 homolog (dlk1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to dlk1
KR20170072367A (en) 2009-04-15 2017-06-26 노오쓰웨스턴 유니버시티 Delivery of oligonucleotide-functionalized nanoparticles
EP3524275A1 (en) 2009-04-22 2019-08-14 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Innate immune supression enables repeated delivery of long rna molecules
EP2424987B1 (en) 2009-05-01 2017-11-15 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of hemoglobin (hbf/hbg) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to hbf/hbg
AU2010245933B2 (en) 2009-05-05 2016-06-16 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Methods of delivering oligonucleotides to immune cells
JP5769701B2 (en) 2009-05-05 2015-08-26 テクミラ ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレイションTekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation Lipid composition
CN102459596B (en) 2009-05-06 2016-09-07 库尔纳公司 By suppression therapy lipid transfer and the metabolic gene relevant disease of the natural antisense transcript for lipid transfer and metabolic gene
JP6250930B2 (en) 2009-05-06 2017-12-20 クルナ・インコーポレーテッド Treatment of TTP-related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts against tristetraproline (TTP)
US20120107331A1 (en) 2009-05-15 2012-05-03 Yale University Gemm riboswitches, structure-based compound design with gemm riboswitches, and methods and compositions for use of and with gemm riboswitches
CN102575251B (en) 2009-05-18 2018-12-04 库尔纳公司 The relevant disease of the reprogramming factor is treated by inhibiting the natural antisense transcript for the reprogramming factor
KR101703695B1 (en) 2009-05-22 2017-02-08 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of transcription factor e3 (tfe3) and insulin receptor substrate 2 (irs2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to tfe3
CN103221541B (en) 2009-05-28 2017-03-01 库尔纳公司 Antiviral gene relevant disease is treated by the natural antisense transcript suppressing antiviral gene
DK2440183T3 (en) 2009-06-10 2018-10-01 Arbutus Biopharma Corp Improved lipid formulation
KR101702689B1 (en) 2009-06-16 2017-02-06 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of paraoxonase 1 (pon1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to pon1
WO2010148050A2 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-12-23 Curna, Inc. Treatment of collagen gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a collagen gene
CA2765889A1 (en) 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 (tnfr2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to tnfr2
CA2765815A1 (en) 2009-06-26 2010-12-29 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of down syndrome gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a down syndrome gene
WO2011005860A2 (en) 2009-07-07 2011-01-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5' phosphate mimics
US9512164B2 (en) 2009-07-07 2016-12-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide end caps
US9234199B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2016-01-12 Curna, Inc. Treatment of insulin gene (INS) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an insulin gene (INS)
US9012421B2 (en) 2009-08-06 2015-04-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexose nucleic acid analogs
WO2011020023A2 (en) 2009-08-14 2011-02-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid formulated compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of a gene from the ebola virus
WO2011022420A1 (en) 2009-08-17 2011-02-24 Yale University Methylation biomarkers and methods of use
CN102482671B (en) 2009-08-25 2017-12-01 库尔纳公司 IQGAP relevant diseases are treated by suppressing the natural antisense transcript of ' gtpase activating protein containing IQ die bodys ' (IQGAP)
US9321823B2 (en) 2009-09-02 2016-04-26 Genentech, Inc. Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same
CA2780741C (en) 2009-10-12 2023-04-04 Smith Holdings, Llc Methods and compositions for modulating gene expression using oligonucleotide based drugs administered in vivo or in vitro
EP2488646B1 (en) 2009-10-14 2017-12-06 Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem Ltd. Compositions for controlling varroa mites in bees
US8962584B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2015-02-24 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. Compositions for controlling Varroa mites in bees
BR112012009409A2 (en) 2009-10-22 2017-02-21 Genentech Inc method of identifying an inhibitory substance, antagonist molecule, isolated nucleic acid, vector, host cell, method of making the molecule, composition, article of manufacture, method of inhibiting a biological activity, method of treating a pathological condition, method for detect msp in a sample and method to detect hepsin in a sample
JP6147502B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2017-06-14 スウィフト バイオサイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド Polynucleotide primers and probes
CN102666879B (en) 2009-10-30 2016-02-24 西北大学 Templated nanometer conjugate
EP2496716A1 (en) 2009-11-03 2012-09-12 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Versatile, visible method for detecting polymeric analytes
WO2011058555A1 (en) 2009-11-12 2011-05-19 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. A method of editing dna in a cell and constructs capable of same
EP3199634A1 (en) 2009-11-13 2017-08-02 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating influenza viral infection
WO2011063403A1 (en) 2009-11-23 2011-05-26 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Devices to extend single stranded target molecules
AR079217A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2012-01-04 Genentech Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR DIAGNOSIS AND TUMOR TREATMENT
ES2661813T3 (en) 2009-12-16 2018-04-04 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to membrane transcription factor peptidase, site 1 (mbtps1) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript to the mbtps1 gene
CA2782373C (en) 2009-12-23 2019-03-26 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of hepatocyte growth factor (hgf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to hgf
US9068183B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2015-06-30 Curna, Inc. Treatment of uncoupling protein 2 (UCP2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to UCP2
WO2011090740A2 (en) 2009-12-29 2011-07-28 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of nuclear respiratory factor 1 (nrf1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to nrf1
ES2585829T3 (en) 2009-12-29 2016-10-10 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to tumor protein 63 (p63) by inhibition of natural antisense transcription to p63
KR101878501B1 (en) 2010-01-04 2018-08-07 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of interferon regulatory factor 8 (irf8) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to irf8
EP2521785B1 (en) 2010-01-06 2022-03-09 CuRNA, Inc. Inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a pancreatic developmental gene for use in a treatment of pancreatic developmental gene related diseases
DK2524039T3 (en) 2010-01-11 2018-03-12 Curna Inc TREATMENT OF GENDER HORMON-BINDING GLOBULIN (SHBG) RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITION OF NATURAL ANTISENCE TRANSCRIPTS TO SHBG
US8779118B2 (en) 2010-01-11 2014-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Base modified bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
SG182365A1 (en) 2010-01-12 2012-08-30 Univ Yale Structured rna motifs and compounds and methods for their use
CN102782135A (en) 2010-01-25 2012-11-14 库尔纳公司 Treatment of RNase H1 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to RNase H1
WO2011097407A1 (en) 2010-02-04 2011-08-11 Ico Therapeutics Inc. Dosing regimens for treating and preventing ocular disorders using c-raf antisense
CN102844435B (en) 2010-02-22 2017-05-10 库尔纳公司 Treatment of pyrroline-5-carboxylate reductase 1 (pycr1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to pycr1
WO2011105900A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 8-alpha (c8-alpha) and uses thereof
WO2011105902A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 8-beta (c8-beta) and uses thereof
WO2011105901A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 9 (c9) and uses thereof
MX2012009215A (en) 2010-02-23 2012-11-23 Genentech Inc Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor.
WO2011112516A1 (en) 2010-03-08 2011-09-15 Ico Therapeutics Inc. Treating and preventing hepatitis c virus infection using c-raf kinase antisense oligonucleotides
US9121022B2 (en) 2010-03-08 2015-09-01 Monsanto Technology Llc Method for controlling herbicide-resistant plants
EP2545173A2 (en) 2010-03-12 2013-01-16 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense modulation of nuclear hormone receptors
EP3210611B1 (en) 2010-03-12 2019-08-21 The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. Methods of treating vascular inflammatory disorders
WO2011113054A2 (en) 2010-03-12 2011-09-15 Aurasense Llc Crosslinked polynucleotide structure
WO2011115818A1 (en) 2010-03-17 2011-09-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5'-substituted bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US8889350B2 (en) 2010-03-26 2014-11-18 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for isolating polynucleotides
ES2893199T3 (en) 2010-03-29 2022-02-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc dsRNA therapy for transthyretin (TTR)-related ocular amyloidosis
WO2011123621A2 (en) 2010-04-01 2011-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2' and 5' modified monomers and oligonucleotides
RU2610661C2 (en) 2010-04-09 2017-02-14 Курна, Инк. Treatment of fibroblast growth factor 21 (fgf21) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to fgf21
US20110269194A1 (en) 2010-04-20 2011-11-03 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Materials and methods for nucleic acid fractionation by solid phase entrapment and enzyme-mediated detachment
US9725479B2 (en) 2010-04-22 2017-08-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5′-end derivatives
EP2601204B1 (en) 2010-04-28 2016-09-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
EP3091027B1 (en) 2010-04-28 2018-01-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5' modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2011139917A1 (en) 2010-04-29 2011-11-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of transthyretin expression
CN107988228B (en) 2010-05-03 2022-01-25 库尔纳公司 Treatment of Sirtuin (SIRT) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to Sirtuin (SIRT)
MA34291B1 (en) 2010-05-03 2013-06-01 Genentech Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR DIAGNOSING AND TREATING A TUMOR
CA3090304A1 (en) 2010-05-13 2011-11-17 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense modulation of interleukins 17 and 23 signaling
TWI531370B (en) 2010-05-14 2016-05-01 可娜公司 Treatment of par4 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to par4
WO2011150226A1 (en) 2010-05-26 2011-12-01 Landers James P Method for detecting nucleic acids based on aggregate formation
US8895528B2 (en) 2010-05-26 2014-11-25 Curna, Inc. Treatment of atonal homolog 1 (ATOH1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to ATOH1
WO2011153323A2 (en) 2010-06-02 2011-12-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods directed to treating liver fibrosis
US8957200B2 (en) 2010-06-07 2015-02-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2011156202A1 (en) 2010-06-08 2011-12-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 2 '-amino and 2 '-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2011156713A1 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-15 Vanderbilt University Multiplexed interferometric detection system and method
WO2011163466A1 (en) 2010-06-23 2011-12-29 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Regulation of skin pigmentation by neuregulin-1 (nrg-1)
CN107441480A (en) 2010-06-30 2017-12-08 卡姆普根有限公司 Polypeptide and its purposes as the medicine for treating multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune disorders
US20130143955A1 (en) 2010-08-09 2013-06-06 Yale University Cyclic di-GMP-II Riboswitches, Motifs, and Compounds, and Methods for Their Use
US20130210901A1 (en) 2010-09-20 2013-08-15 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. Method of treating neurodegenerative diseases
WO2012047968A2 (en) 2010-10-05 2012-04-12 Genentech, Inc. Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same
EP2625274B1 (en) 2010-10-06 2017-07-19 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of sialidase 4 (neu4) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to neu4
US20140031250A1 (en) 2010-10-07 2014-01-30 David Tsai Ting Biomarkers of Cancer
WO2012052872A2 (en) 2010-10-17 2012-04-26 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods and compositions for the treatment of insulin-associated medical conditions
CA2815212A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 Curna, Inc. Treatment of alpha-l-iduronidase (idua) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to idua
JP6073795B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2017-02-01 カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド Treatment of IFRD1-related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts to interferon-related developmental regulator 1 (IFRD1)
CN103370054A (en) 2010-11-09 2013-10-23 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Lipid formulated compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of EG5 and VEGF genes
AU2011325956B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2016-07-14 The General Hospital Corporation Polycomb-associated non-coding RNAs
WO2012068405A2 (en) 2010-11-17 2012-05-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of alpha synuclein expression
CN103459599B (en) 2010-11-23 2017-06-16 库尔纳公司 NANOG relevant diseases are treated by suppressing the natural antisense transcript of NANOG
US9150926B2 (en) 2010-12-06 2015-10-06 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Diagnosis and treatment of adrenocortical tumors using human microRNA-483
EP2649182A4 (en) 2010-12-10 2015-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for increasing erythropoietin (epo) production
WO2012079046A2 (en) 2010-12-10 2012-06-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of klf-1 and bcl11a genes
US9045749B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2015-06-02 The General Hospital Corporation Methods targeting miR-128 for regulating cholesterol/lipid metabolism
WO2012106508A1 (en) 2011-02-02 2012-08-09 Pfizer Inc. Method of treating keloids or hypertrophic scars using antisense compounds targeting connective tissue growth factor (ctgf)
DK2670404T3 (en) 2011-02-02 2018-11-19 Univ Princeton CIRCUIT MODULATORS AS VIRUS PRODUCTION MODULATORS
US9562853B2 (en) 2011-02-22 2017-02-07 Vanderbilt University Nonaqueous backscattering interferometric methods
KR102481317B1 (en) 2011-03-29 2022-12-26 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of tmprss6 gene
EP2694660B1 (en) 2011-04-03 2018-08-08 The General Hospital Corporation Efficient protein expression in vivo using modified rna (mod-rna)
WO2012140627A1 (en) 2011-04-15 2012-10-18 Compugen Ltd. Polypeptides and polynucleotides, and uses thereof for treatment of immune related disorders and cancer
WO2012149154A1 (en) 2011-04-26 2012-11-01 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Polynucleotide primers and probes
WO2012151289A2 (en) 2011-05-02 2012-11-08 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method and system to detect aggregate formation on a substrate
WO2012151268A1 (en) 2011-05-02 2012-11-08 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method and system for high throughput optical and label free detection of analytes
WO2012170347A1 (en) 2011-06-09 2012-12-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
JP6188686B2 (en) 2011-06-09 2017-08-30 カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド Treatment of FXN-related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts to frataxin (FXN)
US9068184B2 (en) 2011-06-21 2015-06-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of expression of protein C (PROC) genes
KR102540778B1 (en) 2011-06-21 2023-06-07 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Compositions and methods for inhibition of expression of apolipoprotein c-iii(apoc3) genes
MX345095B (en) 2011-06-21 2017-01-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compostions and methods of use thereof.
EP3597750B1 (en) 2011-06-23 2022-05-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpina1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment
AU2012277376B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2016-11-24 Compugen Ltd. Polypeptides and uses thereof for treatment of autoimmune disorders and infection
US20140328811A1 (en) 2011-08-01 2014-11-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for improving the success rate of hematopoietic stem cell transplants
ES2632212T3 (en) 2011-08-04 2017-09-11 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. miR-135 and compositions comprising it for the treatment of medical conditions associated with serotonin
AU2012308694B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2018-06-14 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
UA116090C2 (en) 2011-09-13 2018-02-12 Монсанто Текнолоджи Ллс Methods and compositions for weed control
US9840715B1 (en) 2011-09-13 2017-12-12 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for delaying senescence and improving disease tolerance and yield in plants
US10760086B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2020-09-01 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
US10829828B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2020-11-10 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
AU2012308659B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2017-05-04 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
US10806146B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2020-10-20 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
AU2012308686B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2018-05-10 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
AU2012308302A1 (en) 2011-09-14 2014-03-20 Northwestern University Nanoconjugates able to cross the blood-brain barrier
US9920326B1 (en) 2011-09-14 2018-03-20 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for increasing invertase activity in plants
CA2848753C (en) 2011-09-14 2022-07-26 Rana Therapeutics, Inc. Multimeric oligonucleotide compounds
WO2013040548A2 (en) 2011-09-17 2013-03-21 Yale University Fluoride-responsive riboswitchs, fluoride transporters, and methods of use
AU2012322788B2 (en) 2011-10-11 2018-01-04 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Micrornas in neurodegenerative disorders
KR102102862B1 (en) 2011-10-14 2020-04-22 제넨테크, 인크. ANTI-HtrA1 ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USE
WO2013061328A2 (en) 2011-10-27 2013-05-02 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Method of treating cancer
EP2790736B1 (en) 2011-12-12 2018-01-31 Oncoimmunin, Inc. In vivo delivery of oligonucleotides
AU2013216320A1 (en) 2012-02-01 2014-04-03 Compugen Ltd. C10RF32 antibodies, and uses thereof for treatment of cancer
BR112014020119A2 (en) 2012-02-13 2020-10-27 Gamida-Cell Ltd culture of mesenchymal stem cells
JP6329911B2 (en) 2012-02-22 2018-05-23 ブレインステム バイオテック リミテッド MicroRNA for the production of astrocytes
EP3401394A1 (en) 2012-02-22 2018-11-14 Exostem Biotec Ltd Generation of neural stem cells
CA2866625C (en) 2012-03-13 2020-12-08 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for size-controlled homopolymer tailing of substrate polynucleotides by a nucleic acid polymerase
US20150031750A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2015-01-29 The Scripps Research Institute Treatment of brain derived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to bdnf
EP2639238A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2013-09-18 Universität Bern Tricyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2013154799A1 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-10-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tricyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
EP2850092B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2017-03-01 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs
US9133461B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2015-09-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the ALAS1 gene
EP2839005B1 (en) 2012-04-20 2021-01-06 Aptamir Therapeutics, Inc. Mirna modulators of thermogenesis
US9127274B2 (en) 2012-04-26 2015-09-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpinc1 iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
US9273949B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2016-03-01 Vanderbilt University Backscattering interferometric methods
CA2873794A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Rana Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating smn gene family expression
CN104583398A (en) 2012-05-16 2015-04-29 Rana医疗有限公司 Compositions and methods for modulating gene expression
AR091143A1 (en) 2012-05-24 2015-01-14 Seeds Ltd Ab COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS TO SILENCE GENETIC EXPRESSION
WO2013184209A1 (en) 2012-06-04 2013-12-12 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd. Mif for use in methods of treating subjects with a neurodegenerative disorder
US20140038182A1 (en) 2012-07-17 2014-02-06 Dna Logix, Inc. Cooperative primers, probes, and applications thereof
US9567569B2 (en) 2012-07-23 2017-02-14 Gamida Cell Ltd. Methods of culturing and expanding mesenchymal stem cells
US9175266B2 (en) 2012-07-23 2015-11-03 Gamida Cell Ltd. Enhancement of natural killer (NK) cell proliferation and activity
US20150216892A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2015-08-06 Aptamir Therapeutics, Inc. Cell-specific delivery of mirna modulators for the treatment of obesity and related disorders
KR102237882B1 (en) 2012-08-15 2021-04-07 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified capping protocols
EP2885313A4 (en) 2012-08-20 2016-03-09 Univ California Polynucleotides having bioreversible groups
US9029335B2 (en) 2012-10-16 2015-05-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
MX364070B (en) 2012-10-18 2019-04-10 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for plant pest control.
CA2890207A1 (en) 2012-11-05 2014-05-08 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Novel ntrk1 fusion molecules and uses thereof
US10683505B2 (en) 2013-01-01 2020-06-16 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods of introducing dsRNA to plant seeds for modulating gene expression
BR112015015975A2 (en) 2013-01-01 2018-11-06 A. B. Seeds Ltd. isolated dsrna molecules and methods of using them for silencing target molecules of interest.
CA3150658A1 (en) 2013-01-18 2014-07-24 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Methods of treating cholangiocarcinoma
US10000767B2 (en) 2013-01-28 2018-06-19 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for plant pest control
US9701708B2 (en) 2013-01-31 2017-07-11 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified coupling protocols
US20150366890A1 (en) 2013-02-25 2015-12-24 Trustees Of Boston University Compositions and methods for treating fungal infections
AU2014249015B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2020-04-16 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
UY35385A (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-30 Monsanto Technology Llc ? METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR WEED CONTROL ?.
KR102342916B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2021-12-24 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US20140283211A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and Compositions for Plant Pest Control
US10568328B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-02-25 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
CN115261411A (en) 2013-04-04 2022-11-01 哈佛学院校长同事会 Therapeutic uses of genome editing with CRISPR/Cas systems
AU2014259759B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2020-06-18 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods
EP3587578A1 (en) 2013-05-22 2020-01-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tmprss6 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
PT2999785T (en) 2013-05-22 2018-07-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Serpina1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2014197835A2 (en) 2013-06-06 2014-12-11 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer
CA2918787A1 (en) 2013-06-13 2014-12-18 George Tachas Combination therapy
RU2703498C2 (en) 2013-07-19 2019-10-17 Монсанто Текнолоджи Ллс Compositions and methods for controlling leptinotarsa
US9850496B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2017-12-26 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling Leptinotarsa
AU2014306271A1 (en) 2013-08-08 2016-03-24 The Scripps Research Institute A method for the site-specific enzymatic labelling of nucleic acids in vitro by incorporation of unnatural nucleotides
WO2015050990A1 (en) 2013-10-02 2015-04-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
US10119143B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2018-11-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the ALAS1 gene
WO2015054451A1 (en) 2013-10-09 2015-04-16 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Department Of Health And Human Services Detection of hepatitis delta virus (hdv) for the diagnosis and treatment of sjögren's syndrome and lymphoma
US11162096B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2021-11-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Methods for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript
US9758546B2 (en) 2013-10-21 2017-09-12 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds
CA2928779A1 (en) 2013-10-21 2015-04-30 The General Hospital Corporation Methods relating to circulating tumor cell clusters and the treatment of cancer
WO2015066708A1 (en) 2013-11-04 2015-05-07 Northwestern University Quantification and spatio-temporal tracking of a target using a spherical nucleic acid (sna)
AU2014341879B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2020-07-23 Beeologics, Inc. Compositions and methods for controlling arthropod parasite and pest infestations
WO2015126502A2 (en) 2013-12-03 2015-08-27 Northwestern University Liposomal particles, methods of making same and uses thereof
US10385388B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2019-08-20 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Cleavable competitor polynucleotides
CA2844640A1 (en) 2013-12-06 2015-06-06 The University Of British Columbia Method for treatment of castration-resistant prostate cancer
UA119253C2 (en) 2013-12-10 2019-05-27 Біолоджикс, Інк. Compositions and methods for virus control in varroa mite and bees
CN105814205B (en) 2013-12-12 2019-11-19 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Complement component iRNA composition and its application method
JP6599334B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2019-10-30 ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション Methods and assays for circulating tumor cells in the blood
AU2015206585A1 (en) 2014-01-15 2016-07-21 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control using EPSPS polynucleotides
WO2015120075A2 (en) 2014-02-04 2015-08-13 Genentech, Inc. Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same
WO2015118537A2 (en) 2014-02-05 2015-08-13 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Micro-rnas and compositions comprising same for the treatment and diagnosis of serotonin-, adrenalin-, noradrenalin-, glutamate-, and corticotropin-releasing hormone- associated medical conditions
EA201691587A1 (en) 2014-02-11 2017-01-30 Элнилэм Фармасьютикалз, Инк. COMPOSITIONS BASED ON iRNA FOR KETOGEXOKINASE (KHK) AND METHODS OF THEIR APPLICATION
US10036019B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2018-07-31 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic carbocyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US10006027B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2018-06-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating Ataxin 2 expression
DK3119888T3 (en) 2014-03-19 2021-09-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOSITIONS FOR MODULATING ATAXIN-2 EXPRESSION
WO2015153339A2 (en) 2014-04-01 2015-10-08 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling insect pests
EP3757214B1 (en) 2014-04-01 2022-06-15 Biogen MA Inc. Compositions for modulating sod-1 expression
DK3129493T3 (en) 2014-04-09 2021-09-27 Scripps Research Inst Import of unnatural or modified nucleoside triphosphates into cells via nucleic acid triphosphate transporters
WO2015162130A1 (en) * 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Eth Zurich Base-modified-nucleoside analogs for the detection of o6-alkyl guanine
WO2015164693A1 (en) 2014-04-24 2015-10-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid
WO2015168514A1 (en) 2014-05-01 2015-11-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for synthesis of reactive conjugate clusters
PL3608406T3 (en) 2014-05-01 2023-05-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating complement factor b expression
TW201607559A (en) 2014-05-12 2016-03-01 阿尼拉製藥公司 Methods and compositions for treating a SERPINC1-associated disorder
KR20220087576A (en) 2014-05-22 2022-06-24 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2015187541A1 (en) 2014-06-02 2015-12-10 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for immunomodulation
WO2015190922A1 (en) 2014-06-10 2015-12-17 Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam Antisense oligonucleotides useful in treatment of pompe disease
AU2015280252A1 (en) 2014-06-23 2017-01-12 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for regulating gene expression via RNA interference
EP3161159B1 (en) 2014-06-25 2020-08-05 The General Hospital Corporation Targeting human satellite ii (hsatii)
US11807857B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2023-11-07 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for delivering nucleic acids to plant cells and regulating gene expression
HUE049261T2 (en) 2014-07-15 2020-09-28 Yissum Research And Development Company Of The Hebrew Univ Of Jerusalem Ltd Isolated polypeptides of cd44 and uses thereof
US9951327B1 (en) 2014-07-17 2018-04-24 Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. Efficient and rapid method for assembling and cloning double-stranded DNA fragments
RU2021123470A (en) 2014-07-29 2021-09-06 Монсанто Текнолоджи Ллс COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR COMBATING PESTS
AU2015298263B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2020-05-14 Anji Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ApoE mimetic peptides and higher potency to clear plasma cholesterol
US20170232109A1 (en) 2014-08-19 2017-08-17 Northwestern University Protein/oligonucleotide core-shell nanoparticle therapeutics
WO2016030899A1 (en) 2014-08-28 2016-03-03 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of treating amyotrophic lateral scleroses
CA2959386A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Lee Adam Wheeler Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer
PL3185957T3 (en) 2014-08-29 2022-11-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patisiran for use in treating transthyretin mediated amyloidosis
WO2016033424A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Genzyme Corporation Methods for the prevention and treatment of major adverse cardiovascular events using compounds that modulate apolipoprotein b
EP3191591A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2017-07-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting complement component c5 and methods of use thereof
US10556020B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2020-02-11 University Of Massachusetts RNA-modulating agents
JOP20200115A1 (en) 2014-10-10 2017-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions And Methods For Inhibition Of HAO1 (Hydroxyacid Oxidase 1 (Glycolate Oxidase)) Gene Expression
EP3207138B1 (en) 2014-10-17 2020-07-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof
EP3212794B1 (en) 2014-10-30 2021-04-07 Genzyme Corporation Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof
JOP20200092A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2017-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP3221451A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2017-09-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
JP2017537619A (en) 2014-11-21 2017-12-21 ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ Sequence-specific intracellular uptake of spherical nucleic acid nanoparticle complexes
JP6997623B2 (en) 2014-12-12 2022-02-04 エム. ウルフ、トッド Compositions and Methods for Editing Intracellular Nucleic Acids Utilizing Oligonucleotides
US9688707B2 (en) 2014-12-30 2017-06-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic morpholino compounds and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2016112132A1 (en) 2015-01-06 2016-07-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating expression of c9orf72 antisense transcript
WO2016115490A1 (en) 2015-01-16 2016-07-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulation of dux4
WO2016118762A1 (en) 2015-01-22 2016-07-28 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling leptinotarsa
EP3247988A4 (en) 2015-01-23 2018-12-19 Vanderbilt University A robust interferometer and methods of using same
JP6929791B2 (en) 2015-02-09 2021-09-01 デューク ユニバーシティ Compositions and methods for epigenome editing
JP2018510621A (en) 2015-02-13 2018-04-19 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain-containing 3 (PNPLA3) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
US10450342B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2019-10-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds
WO2016135559A2 (en) 2015-02-23 2016-09-01 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of human genetic diseases including hemoglobinopathies
US11129844B2 (en) 2015-03-03 2021-09-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating MECP2 expression
US10781445B2 (en) 2015-03-11 2020-09-22 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. Decoy oligonucleotides for the treatment of diseases
KR20180020125A (en) 2015-03-27 2018-02-27 프레지던트 앤드 펠로우즈 오브 하바드 칼리지 Modified T cells and methods for their manufacture and use
US20180064748A1 (en) 2015-03-27 2018-03-08 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of treating motor neuron diseases
EP3283502A4 (en) 2015-04-07 2019-04-03 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for reactivating genes on the inactive x chromosome
US10745702B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2020-08-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the LECT2 gene
WO2016167780A1 (en) 2015-04-16 2016-10-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating expression of c9orf72 antisense transcript
EP3291677A4 (en) 2015-05-04 2019-02-13 Monsanto Technology LLC Compositions and methods for controlling arthropod parasite and pest infestations
US20180161300A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2018-06-14 Yeda Research And Development Co., Ltd. Citrin inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
UY36703A (en) 2015-06-02 2016-12-30 Monsanto Technology Llc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF A POLINUCLEOTIDE ON A PLANT
WO2016196782A1 (en) 2015-06-03 2016-12-08 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for introducing nucleic acids into plants
WO2016201301A1 (en) 2015-06-12 2016-12-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3310918B1 (en) 2015-06-18 2020-08-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting hydroxyacid oxidase (glycolate oxidase, hao1) and methods of use thereof
WO2016209862A1 (en) 2015-06-23 2016-12-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucokinase (gck) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3314250A4 (en) 2015-06-26 2018-12-05 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Cancer therapy targeting tetraspanin 33 (tspan33) in myeloid derived suppressor cells
WO2017004243A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-01-05 Caris Science, Inc. Therapeutic oligonucleotides
US10494632B2 (en) 2015-07-10 2019-12-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Insulin-like growth factor binding protein, acid labile subunit (IGFALS) compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2017019918A1 (en) 2015-07-28 2017-02-02 Caris Science, Inc. Targeted oligonucleotides
US20180221393A1 (en) 2015-08-03 2018-08-09 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Cxcr4 binding agents for treatment of diseases
WO2017021961A1 (en) 2015-08-04 2017-02-09 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of screening for riboswitches and attenuators
WO2017040078A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. PROGRAMMED CELL DEATH 1 LIGAND 1 (PD-L1) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
CA2998287A1 (en) 2015-09-24 2017-04-20 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Novel family of rna-programmable endonucleases and their uses in genome editing and other applications
WO2017053781A1 (en) 2015-09-25 2017-03-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating ataxin 3 expression
JP2019507579A (en) 2015-10-28 2019-03-22 クリスパー セラピューティクス アーゲー Materials and methods for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy
HUE054093T2 (en) 2015-10-30 2021-08-30 Hoffmann La Roche Anti-htra1 antibodies and methods of use thereof
EP3370734B1 (en) 2015-11-05 2023-01-04 Children's Hospital Los Angeles Antisense oligo for use in treating acute myeloid leukemia
BR112018008971A2 (en) 2015-11-06 2018-11-27 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and Methods for Treatment of Type 1a Glycogen Storage Disease
WO2017081686A1 (en) 2015-11-10 2017-05-18 B. G. Negev Technologies And Applications Ltd., At Ben-Gurion University Means and methods for reducing tumorigenicity of cancer stem cells
CA3005878A1 (en) 2015-11-19 2017-05-26 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Lymphocyte antigen cd5-like (cd5l)-interleukin 12b (p40) heterodimers in immunity
CA3005968A1 (en) 2015-11-23 2017-06-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Tracking and manipulating cellular rna via nuclear delivery of crispr/cas9
WO2017093804A2 (en) 2015-12-01 2017-06-08 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
EP3389670A4 (en) 2015-12-04 2020-01-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating breast cancer
WO2017099579A1 (en) 2015-12-07 2017-06-15 Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam Enzymatic replacement therapy and antisense therapy for pompe disease
US11761007B2 (en) 2015-12-18 2023-09-19 The Scripps Research Institute Production of unnatural nucleotides using a CRISPR/Cas9 system
CA3009308A1 (en) 2015-12-23 2017-06-29 Chad Albert COWAN Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and/or frontal temporal lobular degeneration
CA3006599A1 (en) 2016-01-05 2017-07-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for reducing lrrk2 expression
WO2017132483A1 (en) 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 Vanderbilt University Free-solution response function interferometry
US20190038771A1 (en) 2016-02-02 2019-02-07 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of severe combined immunodeficiency (scid) or omenn syndrome
EP3416689B1 (en) 2016-02-18 2023-01-18 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of severe combined immunodeficiency (scid) or omenn syndrome
US11234996B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2022-02-01 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Treatment methods for fibrosis targeting SMOC2
WO2017158422A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of hereditary haemochromatosis
WO2017161172A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of modulating keap1
WO2017161168A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of dyrk1b expression
EP4339288A2 (en) 2016-03-18 2024-03-20 Caris Science, Inc. Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
US20200330609A1 (en) 2016-04-18 2020-10-22 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
MA45295A (en) 2016-04-19 2019-02-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc HIGH DENSITY LIPOPROTEIN BINDING PROTEIN (HDLBP / VIGILINE) RNA COMPOSITION AND METHODS FOR USING THEM
WO2017191503A1 (en) 2016-05-05 2017-11-09 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
AU2017271579B2 (en) 2016-05-25 2023-10-19 Caris Science, Inc. Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
EP3469083A1 (en) 2016-06-10 2019-04-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COMPLEMENT COMPONENT C5 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR TREATING PAROXYSMAL NOCTURNAL HEMOGLOBINURIA (PNH)
WO2017219017A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-12-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of gys1 expression
ES2929047T3 (en) 2016-06-24 2022-11-24 Scripps Research Inst Novel nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof
US11174469B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2021-11-16 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) and other related disorders
US11427838B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2022-08-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of myotonic dystrophy type 1 (DM1) and other related disorders
CA3029119A1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-01-04 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of friedreich ataxia and other related disorders
CA3029132A1 (en) 2016-07-06 2018-01-11 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of pain related disorders
JP2019520079A (en) 2016-07-06 2019-07-18 クリスパー セラピューティクス アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Substances and methods for treating pain related disorders
WO2018007871A1 (en) 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of transthyretin amyloidosis
WO2018013525A1 (en) 2016-07-11 2018-01-18 Translate Bio Ma, Inc. Nucleic acid conjugates and uses thereof
KR20190031306A (en) 2016-07-21 2019-03-25 맥스시티 인코포레이티드 Methods and compositions for altering genomic DNA
WO2018020323A2 (en) 2016-07-25 2018-02-01 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of fatty acid disorders
NL2017294B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2018-02-14 Univ Erasmus Med Ct Rotterdam Natural cryptic exon removal by pairs of antisense oligonucleotides.
NL2017295B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2018-02-14 Univ Erasmus Med Ct Rotterdam Antisense oligomeric compound for Pompe disease
US11364304B2 (en) 2016-08-25 2022-06-21 Northwestern University Crosslinked micellar spherical nucleic acids
EP4101859A1 (en) 2016-09-02 2022-12-14 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4'-oxymethylphosphonate nucleotide analogs and oligonucleotides comprising the same
WO2018067900A1 (en) 2016-10-06 2018-04-12 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of conjugating oligomeric compounds
US11459568B2 (en) 2016-10-31 2022-10-04 University Of Massachusetts Targeting microRNA-101-3p in cancer therapy
JOP20190104A1 (en) 2016-11-10 2019-05-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing atxn3 expression
TWI788312B (en) 2016-11-23 2023-01-01 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP3330276A1 (en) 2016-11-30 2018-06-06 Universität Bern Novel bicyclic nucleosides and oligomers prepared therefrom
EP3548620A4 (en) 2016-12-02 2020-07-22 Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Modulation of lnc05 expression
AU2017378153B2 (en) 2016-12-13 2024-03-28 Seattle Children's Hospital (dba Seattle Children's Research Institute) Methods of exogenous drug activation of chemical-induced signaling complexes expressed in engineered cells in vitro and in vivo
SG10201913552UA (en) 2016-12-16 2020-03-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods for treating or preventing ttr-associated diseases using transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions
MX2019008675A (en) 2017-01-23 2019-09-18 Regeneron Pharma Hydroxysteroid 17-beta dehydrogenase 13 (hsd17b13) variants and uses thereof.
US20200216857A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-07-09 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 (sca2) and other spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 protein (atxn2) gene related conditions or disorders
WO2018154459A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of primary hyperoxaluria type 1 (ph1) and other alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase (agxt) gene related conditions or disorders
WO2018154439A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of spinocerebellar ataxia type 1 (sca1) and other spinocerebellar ataxia type 1 protein (atxn1) gene related conditions or disorders
JP2020508056A (en) 2017-02-22 2020-03-19 クリスパー・セラピューティクス・アクチェンゲゼルシャフトCRISPR Therapeutics AG Compositions and methods for gene editing
WO2018154418A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of early onset parkinson's disease (park1) and other synuclein, alpha (snca) gene related conditions or disorders
US11180756B2 (en) 2017-03-09 2021-11-23 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Morpholino modified oligomeric compounds
US20180284123A1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 California Institute Of Technology Barcoded rapid assay platform useful for efficient analysis of candidate molecules and methods of making and using the platform
CA3059446A1 (en) 2017-04-18 2018-10-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of subjects having a hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection
WO2018193428A1 (en) 2017-04-20 2018-10-25 Synthena Ag Modified oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclo-dna nucleosides and uses thereof
JP2020517638A (en) 2017-04-20 2020-06-18 エータイアー ファーマ, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for treating lung inflammation
EP3612546B1 (en) 2017-04-20 2022-07-13 Synthena AG Modified oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclo-dna nucleosides and uses thereof
EP3612232A1 (en) 2017-04-21 2020-02-26 The Broad Institute, Inc. Targeted delivery to beta cells
CA3062595A1 (en) 2017-05-10 2018-11-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Directed editing of cellular rna via nuclear delivery of crispr/cas9
JP7356354B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2023-10-04 クリスパー セラピューティクス アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Materials and methods for the manipulation of cells and their use in immuno-oncology
JP7325341B2 (en) 2017-07-11 2023-08-14 シンソークス,インク. Incorporation of non-natural nucleotides and method thereof
AU2018301477A1 (en) 2017-07-13 2020-02-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Lactate dehydrogenase a (LDHA) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
KR20200028997A (en) 2017-07-13 2020-03-17 노오쓰웨스턴 유니버시티 General and direct method of preparing oligonucleotide-functionalized metal-organic framework nanoparticles
NZ761430A (en) 2017-08-03 2024-03-22 Synthorx Inc Cytokine conjugates for the treatment of proliferative and infectious diseases
WO2019036613A1 (en) 2017-08-18 2019-02-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of the notch signaling pathway for treatment of respiratory disorders
WO2019051173A1 (en) 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of smad7 expression
MA50267A (en) 2017-09-19 2020-07-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT OF TRANSTHYRETIN-MEDIA AMYLOSIS (TTR)
US20220080055A9 (en) 2017-10-17 2022-03-17 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Compositions and methods for gene editing for hemophilia a
US20210180091A1 (en) 2017-10-26 2021-06-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
WO2019089922A1 (en) 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
MA50579A (en) 2017-11-09 2020-09-16 Crispr Therapeutics Ag AUTO-INACTIVATION (INS) CRISPR / CAS OR CRISPR / CPF1 SYSTEMS AND THEIR USES
TWI809004B (en) 2017-11-09 2023-07-21 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compounds and methods for reducing snca expression
US20200385719A1 (en) 2017-11-16 2020-12-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kisspeptin 1 (kiss1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019100039A1 (en) 2017-11-20 2019-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serum amyloid p component (apcs) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
CA3082450A1 (en) 2017-11-21 2019-05-31 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa
CN111629747A (en) 2017-12-05 2020-09-04 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 CRISPR-CAS9 modified CD34+ human pigment stem cells and progenitor cells and application thereof
CA3084825A1 (en) 2017-12-14 2019-06-20 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Novel rna-programmable endonuclease systems and their use in genome editing and other applications
US20200308588A1 (en) 2017-12-18 2020-10-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High mobility group box-1 (hmgb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019126641A2 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of frataxin expression
AU2018393050A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-06-18 Bayer Healthcare Llc Materials and methods for treatment of Usher Syndrome Type 2A
EP3728595A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-10-28 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of usher syndrome type 2a and/or non-syndromic autosomal recessive retinitis pigmentosa (arrp)
CA3088180A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Compositions and methods for gene editing by targeting transferrin
US20200392510A1 (en) 2018-01-15 2020-12-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of dnm2 expression
EP3740472A1 (en) 2018-01-19 2020-11-25 Synthena AG Tricyclo-dna nucleoside precursors and processes for preparing the same
WO2019147743A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Structure-guided chemical modification of guide rna and its applications
EP3749767A1 (en) 2018-02-05 2020-12-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
US11268077B2 (en) 2018-02-05 2022-03-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
EP3749368A1 (en) 2018-02-08 2020-12-16 Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd Methods of identifying and using agents for treating diseases associated with intestinal barrier dysfunction
MA51869A (en) 2018-02-16 2020-12-23 Bayer Healthcare Llc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TARGETING GENE EDITING OF FIBRINOGEN-ALPHA
JP2021514974A (en) 2018-02-26 2021-06-17 シンソークス, インコーポレイテッド IL-15 conjugate and its use
JP7239597B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2023-03-14 アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド Regulators of IRF4 expression
EP3759127A4 (en) 2018-03-02 2022-03-30 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for the modulation of amyloid-beta precursor protein
CN112105625A (en) 2018-03-07 2020-12-18 赛诺菲 Nucleotide precursors, nucleotide analogs, and oligomeric compounds containing the same
AU2019239957A1 (en) 2018-03-19 2020-09-10 Bayer Healthcare Llc Novel RNA-programmable endonuclease systems and uses thereof
EP3768694A4 (en) 2018-03-22 2021-12-29 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating fmr1 expression
EP4051799A2 (en) 2018-03-30 2022-09-07 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn Aptamers for targeted activaton of t cell-mediated immunity
US20210155959A1 (en) 2018-04-06 2021-05-27 Children's Medical Center Corporation Compositions and methods for somatic cell reprogramming and modulating imprinting
JP7275164B2 (en) 2018-04-11 2023-05-17 アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド Regulators of EZH2 expression
WO2019204668A1 (en) 2018-04-18 2019-10-24 Casebia Therapeutics Limited Liability Partnership Compositions and methods for knockdown of apo(a) by gene editing for treatment of cardiovascular disease
BR112020020957B1 (en) 2018-05-09 2022-05-10 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Oligomeric compounds, population and pharmaceutical composition thereof and their uses
KR20210008497A (en) 2018-05-09 2021-01-22 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Compounds and methods for reducing ATXN3 expression
TW202016304A (en) 2018-05-14 2020-05-01 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
JP2021526823A (en) 2018-06-14 2021-10-11 アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッドIonis Pharmaceuticals,Inc. Compounds and methods for increasing STMN2 expression
JP7315594B2 (en) 2018-06-27 2023-07-26 アイオーニス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド Compounds and methods for reducing LRRK2 expression
SG11202012499RA (en) 2018-06-28 2021-01-28 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Compositions and methods for genomic editing by insertion of donor polynucleotides
EP3826645A4 (en) 2018-07-25 2023-05-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing atxn2 expression
JP2021533767A (en) 2018-08-13 2021-12-09 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis B virus (HBV) dsRNA substance composition and its usage
US20210348162A1 (en) 2018-08-16 2021-11-11 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
EP3843845A4 (en) 2018-08-29 2022-05-11 University Of Massachusetts Inhibition of protein kinases to treat friedreich ataxia
CN112912422A (en) 2018-09-14 2021-06-04 西北大学 Programming protein polymerization with DNA
CN112424355A (en) 2018-09-18 2021-02-26 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Ketohexokinase (KHK) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
JP2022505173A (en) 2018-10-17 2022-01-14 クリスパー・セラピューティクス・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Compositions and Methods for Delivering Transgenes
US10913951B2 (en) 2018-10-31 2021-02-09 University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education Silencing of HNF4A-P2 isoforms with siRNA to improve hepatocyte function in liver failure
TW202028222A (en) 2018-11-14 2020-08-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of foxp3 expression
BR112021008967A2 (en) 2018-11-15 2021-08-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. irf5 expression modulators
IL263184A (en) 2018-11-21 2020-05-31 Yarden Yosef Method of treating cancer and compositions for same
US20210332495A1 (en) 2018-12-06 2021-10-28 Northwestern University Protein Crystal Engineering Through DNA Hybridization Interactions
CN113631709A (en) 2018-12-20 2021-11-09 普拉克西斯精密药物股份有限公司 Compositions and methods for treating KCNT 1-related disorders
CN113543791A (en) 2018-12-20 2021-10-22 维尔生物科技有限公司 Combination HBV therapy
SG11202107669WA (en) 2019-01-16 2021-08-30 Genzyme Corp Serpinc1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
MX2021008918A (en) 2019-01-31 2021-08-24 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulators of yap1 expression.
BR112021014415A2 (en) 2019-02-06 2021-09-21 Synthorx, Inc. IL-2 CONJUGATES AND METHODS OF USING THEM
WO2020168362A1 (en) 2019-02-15 2020-08-20 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Gene editing for hemophilia a with improved factor viii expression
WO2020171889A1 (en) 2019-02-19 2020-08-27 University Of Rochester Blocking lipid accumulation or inflammation in thyroid eye disease
EP3927378A1 (en) 2019-02-21 2021-12-29 Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem Ltd. Method for reduction drug-induced nephrotoxicity
EP3931328A4 (en) 2019-02-27 2023-09-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of malat1 expression
US20220145274A1 (en) 2019-03-12 2022-05-12 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Novel high fidelity rna-programmable endonuclease systems and uses thereof
AU2020253821A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2021-10-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating UBE3A-ATS
MX2021011928A (en) 2019-03-29 2022-01-04 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for the treatment of kras associated diseases or disorders.
US20220177880A1 (en) 2019-05-03 2022-06-09 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double-stranded nucleic acid inhibitor molecules with shortened sense strands
WO2020225606A1 (en) 2019-05-08 2020-11-12 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Crispr/cas all-in-two vector systems for treatment of dmd
SG11202112240VA (en) 2019-05-13 2021-12-30 Vir Biotechnology Inc Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection
TW202113078A (en) 2019-06-14 2021-04-01 美商史基普研究協會 Reagents and methods for replication, transcription, and translation in semi-synthetic organisms
WO2020254872A2 (en) 2019-06-17 2020-12-24 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Methods and compositions for improved homology directed repair
EP3956450A4 (en) 2019-07-26 2022-11-16 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating gfap
WO2021022108A2 (en) 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CARBOXYPEPTIDASE B2 (CPB2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021022109A1 (en) 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SERPIN FAMILY F MEMBER 2 (SERPINF2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021030522A1 (en) 2019-08-13 2021-02-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SMALL RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN SUBUNIT 25 (RPS25) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
CN114555621A (en) 2019-08-15 2022-05-27 Ionis制药公司 Bond-modified oligomeric compounds and uses thereof
MX2022001776A (en) 2019-08-15 2022-03-17 Synthorx Inc Immuno oncology combination therapies with il-2 conjugates.
MX2022002053A (en) 2019-08-23 2022-03-17 Synthorx Inc Il-15 conjugates and uses thereof.
CN114616331A (en) 2019-09-03 2022-06-10 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of LECT2 gene
US20210070827A1 (en) 2019-09-10 2021-03-11 Synthorx, Inc. Il-2 conjugates and methods of use to treat autoimmune diseases
WO2021067747A1 (en) 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing ugt1a1 gene expression
EP4045652A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2022-08-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solute carrier family member irna compositions and methods of use thereof
CN115176004A (en) 2019-10-22 2022-10-11 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Complement component C3 iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
AR120341A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2022-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOSITIONS OF RNAi AGENTS AGAINST HUNTINGTINE (HTT) AND THEIR METHODS OF USE
US20230040920A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2023-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajb1-prkaca fusion gene expression
TW202131952A (en) 2019-11-04 2021-09-01 美商欣爍克斯公司 Interleukin 10 conjugates and uses thereof
BR112022009216A2 (en) 2019-11-13 2022-08-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS TO TREAT AN ANGIOTENSINOGEN-ASSOCIATED DISORDER (AGT)
US20230056569A1 (en) 2019-11-22 2023-02-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ataxin3 (atxn3) rnai agent compositions and methods of use thereof
CA3159501A1 (en) 2019-11-27 2021-06-03 Brian Joseph CAFFERTY Methods of synthesizing rna molecules
BR112022011417A2 (en) 2019-12-13 2022-08-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOSITIONS OF THE IRNA AGENT OF THE OPEN READING PHASE 72 OF HUMAN CHROMOSOME 9 (C9ORF72) AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
TW202138559A (en) 2019-12-16 2021-10-16 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021122944A1 (en) 2019-12-18 2021-06-24 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for treating retinitis pigmentosa
MX2022008738A (en) 2020-01-15 2022-09-23 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals Inc 4'-o-methylene phosphonate nucleic acids and analogues thereof.
WO2021154705A1 (en) 2020-01-27 2021-08-05 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Rab13 and net1 antisense oligonucleotides to treat metastatic cancer
WO2021154941A1 (en) 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions for use in the treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als)
KR20220140593A (en) 2020-02-10 2022-10-18 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Compositions and methods for silencing VEGF-A expression
IL295496A (en) 2020-02-18 2022-10-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US20220064638A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2022-03-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating smn2
WO2021178607A1 (en) 2020-03-05 2021-09-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing complement component c3-associated diseases
AU2021232014A1 (en) 2020-03-06 2022-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (KHK) IRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021188611A1 (en) 2020-03-18 2021-09-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating subjects having a heterozygous alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase gene (agxt) variant
JP2023519274A (en) 2020-03-26 2023-05-10 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド CORONAVIRUS iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US20230190785A1 (en) 2020-03-30 2023-06-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajc15 gene expression
US20230295622A1 (en) 2020-04-06 2023-09-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing myoc expression
EP4133076A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2023-02-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ace2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021206922A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane serine protease 2 (tmprss2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
JP2023521094A (en) 2020-04-07 2023-05-23 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for silencing SCN9A expression
JP2023523993A (en) 2020-04-27 2023-06-08 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Apolipoprotein E (ApoE) iRNA agent compositions and methods of use thereof
CN116096381A (en) 2020-04-30 2023-05-09 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Complement Factor B (CFB) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
IL297435A (en) 2020-05-01 2022-12-01 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for modulating atxn1
EP4150089A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rs1)
EP4150078A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl)
EP4150076A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2)
EP4150077A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1)
WO2021231675A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1)
EP4150086A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2)
WO2021231679A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2)
WO2021231692A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof)
EP4153746A1 (en) 2020-05-21 2023-03-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting marc1 gene expression
AU2021274944A1 (en) 2020-05-22 2022-12-15 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Double stranded oligonucleotide compositions and methods relating thereto
US11408000B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2022-08-09 Triplet Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotides for the treatment of nucleotide repeat expansion disorders associated with MSH3 activity
JP2023530234A (en) 2020-06-05 2023-07-14 ザ・ブロード・インスティテュート・インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for treating neoplasms
EP4162050A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2023-04-12 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rnai compositions and methods of use thereof for delivery by inhalation
CA3184289A1 (en) 2020-06-18 2021-12-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Xanthine dehydrogenase (xdh) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
CA3182458A1 (en) 2020-06-24 2021-12-30 Laura ROSEN Engineered hepatitis b virus neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof
KR20230027235A (en) 2020-06-25 2023-02-27 신톡스, 인크. Immuno-oncology combination therapy using IL-2 conjugates and anti-EGFR antibodies
US11732263B2 (en) 2020-06-29 2023-08-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating PLP1
EP4192505A1 (en) 2020-08-04 2023-06-14 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Systemic delivery of oligonucleotides
EP4217489A1 (en) 2020-09-24 2023-08-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp4) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US20230392134A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2023-12-07 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
EP3978608A1 (en) 2020-10-05 2022-04-06 SQY Therapeutics Oligomeric compound for dystrophin rescue in dmd patients throughout skipping of exon-51
WO2022076291A1 (en) 2020-10-05 2022-04-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. G protein-coupled receptor 75 (gpr75) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
MX2023004029A (en) 2020-10-09 2023-04-27 Synthorx Inc Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and pembrolizumab.
AU2021356610A1 (en) 2020-10-09 2023-06-15 Synthorx, Inc. Immuno oncology therapies with il-2 conjugates
EP4228637A1 (en) 2020-10-15 2023-08-23 Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd Method of treating myeloid malignancies
EP4232455A2 (en) 2020-10-20 2023-08-30 Sanofi Novel ligands for asialoglycoprotein receptor
AU2021365822A1 (en) 2020-10-21 2023-06-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating primary hyperoxaluria
EP4232582A1 (en) 2020-10-23 2023-08-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mucin 5b (muc5b) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
IL302709A (en) 2020-11-13 2023-07-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc COAGULATION FACTOR V (F5) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
AU2021381363A1 (en) 2020-11-18 2023-06-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression
CA3201452A1 (en) 2020-12-01 2022-06-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression
EP4259795A1 (en) 2020-12-08 2023-10-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coagulation factor x (f10) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022140702A1 (en) 2020-12-23 2022-06-30 Flagship Pioneering, Inc. Compositions of modified trems and uses thereof
WO2022150260A1 (en) 2021-01-05 2022-07-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COMPLEMENT COMPONENT 9 (C9) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2022174000A2 (en) 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Superoxide dismutase 1 (sod1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing superoxide dismutase 1- (sod1-) associated neurodegenerative diseases
WO2022174101A1 (en) 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 Synthorx, Inc. Skin cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cemiplimab
WO2022174102A1 (en) 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 Synthorx, Inc. Lung cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and an anti-pd-1 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof
WO2022182864A1 (en) 2021-02-25 2022-09-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prion protein (prnp) irna compositions and methods and methods of use thereof
AU2022226098A1 (en) 2021-02-26 2023-08-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
IL305418A (en) 2021-03-04 2023-10-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022192519A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2022-09-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glycogen synthase kinase 3 alpha (gsk3a) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022192038A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2022-09-15 Northwestern University Antiviral vaccines using spherical nucleic acids
AR125230A1 (en) 2021-03-29 2023-06-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOSITIONS OF ANTI-HUNTINGTIN (HTT) RNAi AGENTS AND THEIR METHODS OF USE
EP4314293A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2024-02-07 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Proline dehydrogenase 2 (prodh2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4330392A1 (en) 2021-04-26 2024-03-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane protease, serine 6 (tmprss6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022232343A1 (en) 2021-04-29 2022-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Signal transducer and activator of transcription factor 6 (stat6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022235537A1 (en) 2021-05-03 2022-11-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating transthyretin (ttr) mediated amyloidosis
WO2022245583A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-11-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 (sglt2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4341405A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2024-03-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2022256283A2 (en) 2021-06-01 2022-12-08 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods for restoring protein function using adar
TW202317762A (en) 2021-06-02 2023-05-01 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022256538A1 (en) 2021-06-03 2022-12-08 Synthorx, Inc. Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and cetuximab
IL308743A (en) 2021-06-04 2024-01-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc HUMAN CHROMOSOME 9 OPEN READING FRAME 72 (C9ORF72) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
AR126070A1 (en) 2021-06-08 2023-09-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TREATING OR PREVENTING STARGARDT DISEASE AND/OR DISORDERS ASSOCIATED WITH RETINOL BORDER PROTEIN 4 (RBP4)
EP4101928A1 (en) 2021-06-11 2022-12-14 Bayer AG Type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
IL308896A (en) 2021-06-11 2024-01-01 Bayer Ag Type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
IL309217A (en) 2021-06-18 2024-02-01 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing ifnar1 expression
WO2023278410A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
US20230194709A9 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-06-22 Seagate Technology Llc Range information detection using coherent pulse sets with selected waveform characteristics
KR20240026203A (en) 2021-06-30 2024-02-27 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Methods and compositions for treating angiotensinogen (AGT)-related disorders
WO2023285431A1 (en) 2021-07-12 2023-01-19 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for allele specific treatment of retinitis pigmentosa
TW202333748A (en) 2021-07-19 2023-09-01 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Methods and compositions for treating subjects having or at risk of developing a non-primary hyperoxaluria disease or disorder
IL309905A (en) 2021-07-23 2024-03-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Beta-catenin (ctnnb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023009687A1 (en) 2021-07-29 2023-02-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase (hmgcr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023014677A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202337474A (en) 2021-08-04 2023-10-01 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Irna compositions and methods for silencing angiotensinogen (agt)
TW202334413A (en) 2021-08-13 2023-09-01 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Factor xii (f12) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4144841A1 (en) 2021-09-07 2023-03-08 Bayer AG Novel small rna programmable endonuclease systems with impoved pam specificity and uses thereof
WO2023044370A2 (en) 2021-09-17 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irna compositions and methods for silencing complement component 3 (c3)
WO2023044094A1 (en) 2021-09-20 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) modulator compositions and methods of use thereof
CA3234835A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing
TW202333749A (en) 2021-10-29 2023-09-01 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023076450A2 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2023122573A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2023-06-29 Synthorx, Inc. Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and pembrolizumab
WO2023118349A1 (en) 2021-12-21 2023-06-29 Alia Therapeutics Srl Type ii cas proteins and applications thereof
WO2023118068A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Novel small type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
WO2023122750A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 Synthorx, Inc. Cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cetuximab
WO2023141314A2 (en) 2022-01-24 2023-07-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heparin sulfate biosynthesis pathway enzyme irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023177866A1 (en) 2022-03-18 2023-09-21 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Decarboxylative acetoxylation using mn(ii) or mn(iii) reagent for synthesis of 4'-acetoxy- nucleoside and use thereof for synthesis of corresponding 4'-(dimethoxyphosphoryl)methoxy- nucleotide
WO2023194359A1 (en) 2022-04-04 2023-10-12 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for treatment of usher syndrome type 2a
WO2023237587A1 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Novel small type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
WO2024039776A2 (en) 2022-08-18 2024-02-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Universal non-targeting sirna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024059165A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 13 (hsd17b13) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024056880A2 (en) 2022-09-16 2024-03-21 Alia Therapeutics Srl Enqp type ii cas proteins and applications thereof

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB8311228D0 (en) * 1983-04-25 1983-06-02 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Morpholine derivatives
EP0215942B1 (en) * 1985-03-15 1995-07-12 Antivirals Inc. Polynucleotide assay reagent and method
US5166315A (en) * 1989-12-20 1992-11-24 Anti-Gene Development Group Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
DE69033986T2 (en) * 1989-12-20 2003-03-13 Antivirals Inc Uncharged morpholine-based polymers with chiral, phosphorus-containing bridges between the subunits
JPH09118898A (en) * 1995-08-23 1997-05-06 Kao Corp Bleaching agent composition for herd surface

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPH08506093A (en) 1996-07-02
AU676704B2 (en) 1997-03-20
US5405938A (en) 1995-04-11
EP0669927A1 (en) 1995-09-06
CA2149765A1 (en) 1994-06-09
AU5728794A (en) 1994-06-22
WO1994012517A1 (en) 1994-06-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2149765C (en) Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
EP0592511B1 (en) Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
US5142047A (en) Uncharged polynucleotide-binding polymers
US5217866A (en) Polynucleotide assay reagent and method
EP0962463B1 (en) Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having phosphorus-containing chiral intersubunit linkages
US5034506A (en) Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
US5470974A (en) Uncharged polynucleotide-binding polymers
US5235033A (en) Alpha-morpholino ribonucleoside derivatives and polymers thereof
US5378841A (en) Alpha-morpholino ribonucleoside derivatives and polymers thereof
WO2003051899A1 (en) Deazapurine nucleoside libraries and compounds
WO2003051896A1 (en) Cytidine libraries and compounds synthesized by solid-phase combinatorial strategies
WO2003051897A1 (en) Nucleoside analog libraries and compounds
Loakes 6 Nucleotides and Nucleic Acids; Oligo-and Polynucleotides
Irani Synthesis of novel DNA and RNA nucleoside analogs

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
EEER Examination request
MKLA Lapsed